NOTICE
Note that when converting this document from its original format to a .pdf file,
some minor font and format changes may occur causing slight variations. When
viewing and printing this document, we cannot guarantee that your specific PC or
printer will support all of the fonts or graphics. Therefore, when you view the
document fonts may be substituted and your individual printer may not have the
capability to print the document correctly.

JOB SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL
INT 1029 (IPK)
CD Stock Number 750855
Document Revision 3
(Release 3000/3500)

NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. reserves the right to change the specifications,
functions, or features at any time without notice.
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. has prepared this document for use by its
employees and customers. The information contained herein is the property of
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc. and shall not be reproduced without prior written
approval of NEC Unified Solutions, Inc.
Dterm is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation and Electra Elite IPK is a
registered trademark of NEC America, Inc. Windows is a registered trademark
of Microsoft Corporation.
Copyright 2004

NEC Infrontia, Inc.
6535 N. State Highway 161
Irving TX 75039-2402
Technology Development

Introduction
Chapter 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 1
USING THE WORKSHEET
Use the Job Specification Worksheets provided in this manual to record system
specifications and programming data. Refer to the Electra Elite IPK Programming
Manual for complete programming instructions.
This manual can be used to record information for both the Basic Port and Expanded
Port Packages.
Two formats are used to present the information that needs to be recorded:
Format 1
Many of the worksheets use the following chart. The default data and valid selections
are provided. The New Entry row is used to record the applicable information.
Memory Block
1-1-00
Function
Pause Time Selection
Default
3.0s
Selections
1.0s
3.0s
New Entry
Format 2
The remaining worksheets are charts that may include CO/PBX lines or telephone
numbers. Some charts require that a check mark, or a letter such as Y (Yes), N (No),
D (Day), or N (Night) be entered in each column or row.

These charts can be used to record information for both the Basic Port and the
Expanded Port Package. The tables are built to accommodate the Expanded Port
Package. When recording information for the Basic Port Package, use the first 16-ports
of the chart for recording CO/PBX lines, and the first 32 entries on the chart for recording
telephone information.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
1 - 1

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Enter the Station Port Number for each
Memory Block
1-1-00
voice mail port.
Function
Pause Time Selection
Memory Block 4-35
Default
3.0s
Station
Entry
Selections
1.0s
3.0s
Port No.
New Entry
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 2
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 2
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION LIST
The table below lists the Electra Elite IPK system equipment.
Equipment Name
Remarks
Key Service Units, Power Supply Units, and Adapters
B64-U( ) KSU
Key Service Unit
P64-U( ) PSU
Power Supply Unit
PKU 192-U
Port Key Unit to configure for basic or expanded port
Common Electronic Telephone Units
CPUI( )-U( ) ETU
Central Processing Unit
Synchronizes the clock for T1/FT1 lines, ISDN-BRI/PRI lines,
CLKG-U( ) UNIT
and Wireless Stations connected to system
EXP-U( ) ETU
Expansion KSU Controller
Installed on MIFA-U( ) ETU to support UCD/ACD with MIS
KMA(1.0)U
features
Installed on MIFM-U10 ETU to provide LCR/Caller ID scrolling
KMM(1.0)U
and dialing
Upgrade chip for MIFM-U20 ETU to provide LCR/Caller ID
KMM-U20
scrolling and dialing
Modem Kit Unit
Installed on PCT(S -U( ) Unit or MIFM-U10 ETU)
Multiple Interface to provide memory and processing power to
MIFA-U( ) ETU
support UCD and ACD with MIS features
Multiple Interface to provide memory and processing power
MIFM-U10/20 ETU
for PC Programming, Wireless activation, SMDR, LCR, and
ANI/Caller ID scrolling
Single Point of Entry for direct/remote access to configure the
SPE(M)-U( ) ETU
system and individual ETUs. An Ethernet port allows
programming over a network using TCP/IP.
Trunk Electronic Telephone Units
BRT(4)-U10/20 ETU
Basic Rate Interface
COI(4)-U( ) ETU
Central Office Interface
COI(8)-U( ) ETU
Central Office Interface
COIB(4)-U10/20/30 ETU
Central Office Interface (COI or COID mode)
COIB(8)-U10/20/30
Central Office Interface (COI or COID mode)
COID(4)-U( ) ETU
Central Office Caller ID
COID(8)-U( ) ETU
Central Office Caller ID
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
1 - 3

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Equipment Name
Remarks
DID(4)-U( ) ETU
Direct Inward Dialing Interface
DTI-U( ) ETU
Digital Trunk Interface
T1/FT1 Trunk Interface allows multiple IPK systems to be
EXPT(2)-U( ) ETU
connected with a K-CCIS connection
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
Trunk Interface ETU assigned as DTI-U
IPT(4)-U( ) ETU
Internet Protocol (IP) Gateway Trunks
IPT(8)-U( ) ETU
Internet Protocol (IP) Gateway Trunks
PRT(1)-U( ) ETU
ISDN Primary Rate Interface
Tie Line Interface for termination and operation of E&M Tie
TLI(2)-U( ) ETU
lines
Station Electronic Telephone Units
DPH(4)-U( ) ETU
Doorphone Interface with Door Lock Release relays
ESI(8)-U( ) ETU
Electronic Station Interface
ESIB(8)-U( ) ETU
Electronic Station Interface Base
ESIE(8)-U( ) ETU
Electronic Station Interface Extender
OPX(2)-U( ) ETU
Off-Premise Extension
SLI(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Single Line Interface for Single Line Telephone
SLIB(4)-U10
Four-channel Single Line Interface for Single Line Telephone
Installed on SLIB ETU to expand to an eight-channel Single
SLIE(4)-U10
Line Interface
Voice Mail Electronic Telephone Units
CMS(2)/(4)-U( ) ETU
Digital Voice Mail System
CMS-U30 ETU
Digital Voice Mail System
CTI/VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( ) ETU Digital Voice Mail System
FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Flash Mail System (Digital Voice Mail)
FMS-U30 ETU
Digital Voice Mail System
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU
Voice Mail System
VMS-U30 ETU
Digital Voice Mail System
Optional Electronic Telephone Units
ACD(8)-( ) ETU
ACD Interface
ACD(8)-U30
ACD Interface
BSU(2)-U( ) ETU
Base Station Unit
CCH(4)-U( ) ETU
Common Channel Handler
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 4
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Equipment Name
Remarks
CNF(8)-U( ) ETU
Multiline Conference Bridge
ECR-U( ) ETU
External Control Relay
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
Switching HUB
IAD(8)-U( ) ETU
IP Station ETU assigned as ESI 8
IPCA( )-U( ) ETU
Pure IP switch to manage call control for 30 IP soft phones
IVR Application
Digital CTI System
(VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) ETU)
MG(8)-U-( ) ETU
Eight path gateway between IPCA and CPUI ETUs
PBR( )-U( ) ETU
Push Button Receiver
VRS(4)-U( ) ETU
Voice Recording Service
Terminals
DTP/DTR-2DT-1 TEL
2 Flexible Line Keys
DTU/DTP or DTH/DTR-8-1 TEL
8 Programmable Line Keys
DTP or DTH/DTR-8D-1 TEL
8 Programmable Line Keys
ITH/DTU-8D-2 TEL
LCD and 4 Softkeys
DTU/DTP or
16 Programmable Line Keys
DTH/DTR-16-1 TEL
DTP/ DTH/DTR-16D-1 TEL
16 Programmable Line Keys
ITH/DTU-16D-2 TEL
LCD and 4 Softkeys
DTR/DTH-16(BL)-1 TEL
16 Programmable Line Keys
DTR/DTH-16LD-1 TEL
16 Programmable Line Keys
DTU/DTP-32-1 TEL
32 Programmable Line Keys
DTH/DTRDTP-32D-1 TEL
DTU-32D-2
DCU/DCR-60-1 CONSOLE
Attendant Console with 60 line keys
DP-D-1A
Doorphone
Dterm PSII
Personal Station Wireless Terminal
DTR-1-1
Single Line Telephone
DTR-1HM-1
Single Line Telephone
DTP-1-1/2 TEL
Single Line Telephone
DTP-1HM-1/2 TEL
Single Line Telephone
DTR-4R-1 TEL
Dterm Cordless II Terminal
DTH-4R-1 TEL
Dterm Cordless Lite II Terminal
DTP-16HC-1 TEL
Dterm Handset Cordless Terminal
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
1 - 5

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Equipment Name
Remarks
DTR-1R-1 TEL
Dterm Analog Cordless Terminal
Adapters and Optional Units
ACA-U Unit or AC-R Unit
AC Adapter Unit
ADA-U Unit
Ancillary Device Adapter for tape recorder
AD(A)-R Unit
AD(A)-2R Unit
ADA(1)-W Unit/ AD(A)-R Unit
Ancillary Device Adapter for headset or Audio Recorder
ADA(2)-W Unit
Ancillary Device Adapter for Cordless Telephone
APA-U Unit or AP(A)-R Unit
Analog Port Adapter without ringer
APR-U Unit or AP(R)-R Unit
Analog Port Ringer
CTA-U Unit or CT(A)-R Unit
Telephone Application Programming Interface for PC
CTU(C)-U( ) Unit
Computer Telephony adapter for USB with Coreline
CTU(S)-U( ) Unit
Computer Telephony adapter for USB with ESI
DBM(B)-U( ) Box
Basic Message Display Board
DBM(E)-U( ) Box
Expansion Message Display Boar
Dterm Voice Security Recorder
USB device to manage stored calls
HF-R Unit or HFU-U Unit
Optional Handsfree Unit
IP-R(IPK) Unit
Connects IAD ETU to a MEGACO station
PCT(C)/(S)-U( ) Unit
PC Telephony Board with (Coreline)/(No Modem)
RAK-U( ) Unit
Electra Elite IPK Rack Mount
SLT(1)-U( ) ADP
Single Line Telephone Adapter
WMU-U Unit
Wall Mount Unit for Electra Elite IPK Terminals
Software
System Administration Terminal Software
SAT S/W (TECH)
for the Technician
System Administration Terminal Software
SAT S/W (END USER)
for the End User
SAT LCR Software
System Administration Terminal Software for Least Cost
Version 2.00
Routing
Wireless Service Console
Wireless Service Console (WSC) Administration Terminal
(WSC)
Software
IP Configurator
VoIP Administration Terminal (VAT) Software
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 6
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
SEC
TION 3

INTERFACE SLOT ASSIGNMENT AND ROM VERSION LIST
Use the following chart to record the unit name, port number, and ROM version (when
applicable) to mount in the Key Service Unit (KSU). Use the Basic chart for the Basic
Port Package. Slots S2 and S7 have no MDF connection.

Basic and Expansion KSUs for CPUI-U( ) ETU
Card Type
EXP
Not
(KSU2)
Used
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Card Type
EXP
Not
(KSU1)
Used
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
Card Type
(BASIC
AP
KSU)
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8

___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
1 - 7

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
SEC
TION 4
JOB SPECIFICATION WORKSHEETS
Record the appropriate information included in the following pages for each customer
site. This information can be recorded and left at the customer site for future
reference.
___________________________________________________________________________________
1 - 8
Memory Blocks

Memory Blocks
Chapter 2
___________________________________________________________________________________
S
ECTION 1
PROGRAMMING SYSTEM DATA USING THE MEMORY BLOCK
This section provides detailed instructions for programming individual Memory
Blocks. The Memory Blocks are listed numerically. For each Memory Block, the
following information is provided.
H
General Description is a brief explanation of the function of the Memory
Block.
H
Display indicates the default information displayed in the Multiline Terminal
LCD during programming.
H
Settings (when applicable) indicates the information that is entered using
the line keys on the Multiline Terminal.
H
Programming Procedures contains detailed procedures to program each
Memory Block.
H
Related Programming (when applicable) contains a list of associated
Memory Blocks that may need to be programmed.
H
Notes contains additional information related to programming the Memory
Block.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 1

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LKI)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 00, 01, 02, and 03
1-1-00
Pause Time Selection
Specifies the pause time between digits dialed on CO/PBX and Tie lines.
1-1-01
DP Interdigit Time Selection
Specifies the minimum pause time between Dial Pulses. Select Pattern A or Pattern B.
1-1-02
Hookflash Time Selection
Specifies the loop open time for a hookflash signal sent to the CO or PBX when the Recall
key on the Multiline Terminal is pressed. A Single Line Telephone generates a hookflash to
the CO or PBX line when the SLT hookflash is assigned.
1-1-03
Hold Recall Time Selection (Non-Exclusive Hold)
Specifies the time a Non-Exclusive outside call is held before a recall tone is generated.
When is selected, hold recall alarm tone is not generated. With R3000 or higher, this
memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
Memory Block
1-1-00
1-1-01
Function
Pause Time Selection
DP Interdigit Time Selection
Default
3.0s
B
Pattern A
Pattern B
Selections
1.0s
3.0s
10 pps
20 pps
10 pps
20 pps
650 ms
500 ms
800 ms
800 ms
New Entry

Memory Block
1-1-02
1-1-03
Function
Hookflash Time Selection
Hold Recall Time Selection (Non-Exclusive Hold)
Default
600ms
25s(R2500 or lower) 060s(R3000 or higher)
20ms
40ms
60ms
80ms
R2500 or lower: 25s, 45s, 60s, 90s, 120s, 180s,
100ms
140ms
160ms
200ms

240s, (No limit)
400ms
600ms
800ms
1.0s
1.5s
2.0s
3.0s
5.0s
R3000 or higher: 000s(No Limit) and 001s~255s
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 2
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 04, 05, 06, and 07
1-1-04
Automatic Redial Time Selection
Defines the redial timing parameters when automatic redial is set to a busy CO/PBX
number. After the specified number of call attempts with no answer, the system stops
dialing.
1-1-05
Start Time Selection
Specifies the time after dialing before the system starts the Elapsed Call Time. With R3000
or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals. Used only with copper
trunks, and does not affect digital circuits.
1-1-06
CO/PBX Incoming Ringing Alarm Time Selection
Specifies the time between when a CO/PBX call is detected and when the ringing tone
changes to a higher pitch when the call is not answered. When is selected, the ringing
tone does not change. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-
second intervals.
1-1-07
Tie Line Delay Ringing Time Selection
Defines the time that a Tie line call, ringing at a station, can begin ringing at other
preassigned stations when it is not answered in a predetermined time. With R3000 or
higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
Memory Block
1-1-04
1-1-05
Function
Automatic Redial Time Selection
Start Time Selection
Table 1:
030
10s (R2500 or lower) 02s(R3000 or higher)
Default
Table 2:
060
Table 3:
002
Table 1:
Calling Time (001~050 sec.)
R2500 or lower: 10s, 20s, 30s, 40s, 50s, 60s,
Selections
Table 2:
Call Waiting Time (001~100 sec.)
70s, 2s
Table 3:
Call Attempts (001~015 times)
R3000 or higher: 00s(No Limit) and 01s~99s
Table 1: ______ sec.
New Entry
Table 2: ______ sec.
Table 3: ______ times
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 3

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
1-1-06
1-1-07
Function
CO/PBX Incoming Ringing Alarm Time Selection
Tie Line Delay Ringing Time Selection
Default
(R2500 or lower) 000s (R3000 or higher)
(R2500 or lower) 000s (R3000 or higher)
R2500 or lower: 10s, 20s, 30s, (No Limit)
R2500 or lower: 10s, 20s, 30s, (No Limit)
Selections
R3000 or higher: 000s(No Limit) and 001~255s
R3000 or higher: 000s(No Limit) and 001~255s
New Entry

___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 4
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 09, 11, 12, 13, and 14
1-1-09
Manual Pause Selection
Specifies either Pause Insertion or Last Number Dialed/Speed Dial to be executed using
the Redial key when it is pressed after one or more digits of a dialed number are entered.
1-1-11
System Transfer/Camp-On Selection
Selects whether or not a station user can press the Transfer key to perform a Ring Transfer
or Station Camp-On.
1-1-12
Station Transfer/Camp-On Recall Time Selection
Specifies the time before a Ring Transfer or Station Camp-On from a station (without an
Attendant Add-On Console) recalls back to the originating station when the call is not
answered. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second
intervals.
1-1-13
CO Transfer Ring Pattern Selection
Selects a Ring Pattern when CO transfers are made.
1-1-14
CO Transfer Ring Tone Selection
Selects a ring tone for CO transfer.
Memory Block
1-1-09
1-1-11
Function
Manual Pause Selection
System Transfer/Camp-On Selection
Default
NO
YS
Selections
NO
YS
NO
YS
New Entry
Memory Block
1-1-12
1-1-13
1-1-14
Station Transfer/Camp-On Recall
CO Transfer Ring Pattern
Function
CO Transfer Ring Tone Selection
Time Selection
Selection
45s (R2500 or lower)
C (Refer to Memory Block
A (Refer to Memory Block
Default
060s (R3000 or higher)
1-1-13 table.)
1-1-14 table.)
R2500 or lower: 25s, 45s, 60s,
OFF
ON
Tones A ~ H
90s, 120s, 180s, 240s,
Patterns A ~ H
Selections
(No Limit)
R3000 or higher: 000s (No
Limit) and 001~999s
Station to Timer Class of Service
New Entry
1~4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 5

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
The Ring Patterns are shown in the table below:
Memory Block 1-1-13
s = seconds
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
Line
Pattern
Key
Tone
LK 1
Off
Tone
LK 2
On
A

LK 3
B

LK 4
C
LK 5
D

LK 6
E

LK 7
F

LK 8
LK 1
G
(Pg. 2)
LK 2
H
(Pg. 2)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 6
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block 1-1-14
Tone
Frequency
Tone A
480/600 (Modulation - 16 Hz)
Tone B
480/606 (Modulation - 8 Hz)
Tone C
1024/1285
Tone D
1024
Tone E
500
Tone F
1024/1285 (Modulation - 16 Hz)
Tone G
600/700 (Modulation - 16 Hz)
Tone H
1024 (Envelope - 2 sec.)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 7

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 18
1-1-18
System Speed Dial Restriction by Tenant
Specifies whether or not System Speed Dial is restricted for each tenant.
Memory Block
1-1-18
Function
System Speed Dial Restriction by Tenant
Default
On
On
Not Restricted
Selections
Off
Restricted
New Entry
System Speed Dial Number
Access Code Table
Speed Dial Number
Access
Code
80 Codes
1000 Codes
0X
00 ~ 09
000 ~ 099
1X
10 ~ 19
100 ~ 199
2X
20 ~ 29
200 ~ 299
3X
30 ~ 39
300 ~ 399
4X
40 ~ 49
400 ~ 499
5X
50 ~ 59
500 ~ 599
6X
60 ~ 69
600 ~ 699
7X
70 ~ 79
700 ~ 799
8X
N/A
800 ~ 899
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 8
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter the selection (On/Off) in the appropriate column.
Access
Access
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Code
Code
Tenant
Tenant
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
No.
No.
00
24
01
25
02
26
03
27
04
28
05
29
06
30
07
31
08
32
09
33
10
34
11
35
12
36
13
37
14
38
15
39
16
40
17
41
18
42
19
43
20
44
21
45
22
46
23
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 9

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 20, 21, 22, and 23
1-1-20
DID Digit Length Selection
Defines the number of DID digits.
1-1-21
DID Digit Conversion Assignment
Enables the DID Digit Conversion Table, Memory Block 1-1-22, for each number. When
NO is assigned, only Memory Block 5-00 has an impact on incoming DID numbers. When
YS is assigned, incoming DID numbers can be modified completely for each number.
1-1-22
DID Digit Conversion Table
Assigns incoming DID numbers to ring at a preassigned 2-, 3-, or 4-Digit extension number,
closed number (plus outgoing digits), or tenant number (00~47) during Day mode and Night
mode. Up to 200 incoming DID numbers can be assigned.
1-1-23
DID Forward Station Number for Busy Station or Undefined Digit
Used when Memory Block 1-1-22 (DID Digit Conversion Table) is enabled to define where
digits are routed when undefined or the station is busy.
Memory Block
1-1-20
1-1-21
DID Digit Conversion Assignment
Function
DID Digit Length Selection
Default
3
NO
Selections
2 3
4
(digits)
NO
YS
New Entry
Memory Block
1-1-22
1-1-23
DID Forward Station Number for Busy Station or
Function
DID Digit Conversion Table
Undefined Digit
Default
T
9-
Up to four digits
Selections
T (Station No. Or Closed No.) TN (TENANT)
(Refer to the Electra Elite IPK Programming
Manual.)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 10
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter the Incoming DID Number and the pre-assigned extension for Day and Night modes.
Preassigned
Preassigned
Incoming
Extension
Incoming
Extension
DID
T/TN
DID
T/TN
Numbers
Ring
Ring
Numbers
Ring
Ring
Day
Night
Day
Night
1
22
2
23
3
24
4
25
5
26
6
27
7
28
8
29
9
30
10
31
11
32
12
33
13
34
14
35
15
36
16
37
17
38
18
39
19
40
20
41
21
42
43
84
44
85
45
86
46
87
47
88
48
89
49
90
50
91
51
92
52
93
53
94
54
95
55
96
56
97
57
98
58
99
59
100
60
101
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 11

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Preassigned
Preassigned
Incoming
Extension
Incoming
Extension
DID
T/TN
DID
T/TN
Numbers
Ring
Ring
Numbers
Ring
Ring
Day
Night
Day
Night
61
102
62
103
63
104
64
105
65
106
66
107
67
108
68
109
69
110
70
111
71
112
72
113
73
114
74
115
75
116
76
117
77
118
78
119
79
120
80
121
81
122
82
123
83
124
125
163
126
164
127
165
128
166
129
167
130
168
131
169
132
170
133
171
134
172
135
173
136
174
137
175
138
176
139
177
140
178
141
179
142
180
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 12
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Preassigned
Preassigned
Incoming
Extension
Incoming
Extension
DID
T/TN
DID
T/TN
Numbers
Ring
Ring
Numbers
Ring
Ring
Day
Night
Day
Night
143
181
144
182
145
183
146
184
147
185
148
186
149
187
150
188
151
189
152
190
153
191
154
192
155
193
156
194
157
195
158
196
159
197
160
198
161
199
162
200
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 13

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 24, 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30
1-1-24
PBX/CTX Access Code Assignment I
Specifies a PBX line PBX/CTX Access Code with pauses for outgoing calls.
1-1-25
PBX/CTX Access Code Assignment II
Specifies a second PBX line PBX/CTX Access Code together with pauses for outgoing
calls.
1-1-27
Automatic Day/Night Mode Switching Time Assignment
Assigns Pattern 1 and Pattern 2 start time for automatically switching between Day Mode
and Night Mode.
1-1-28
Distinctive Ringing by Telephone or CO Selection
Assigns a distinctive ringing tone for each telephone or each CO/PBX line.
1-1-29
Private Line Assignment
Assigns an outside line as a private line.
1-1-30
Route Advance Block Assignment
Specifies priority level (1~4) for each Trunk Group in a Route Advance Block (RAB).
Memory Block
1-1-24
1-1-25
Function
PBX/CTX Access Code Assignment I
PBX/CTX Access Code Assignment II
Default
9-
8-
Up to four digits
Up to four digits
Selections
(Refer to the Electra Elite IPK Programming
(Refer to the Electra Elite IPK Programming
Manual.)
Manual.)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 14
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
1-1-27
1-1-28
Automatic Day/Night Mode Switching Time
Function
Distinctive Ringing by Telephone or CO Selection
Assignment
Default
Not Specified
TEL
Switching No.
Day Mode
Night Mode
Start Time
Start Time
Selections
TEL
CO
1
08:00
17:00
2
12:00 18:00
New Entry
Memory Block
1-1-29
1-1-30
Function
Private Line Assignment
Route Advance Block Assignment
Default
Not Specified
All Blocks 00
CO Port No. (01~64), Telephone Port No.
RAB
Priority No. Trunk Group No.
Selections
(01~C0), and combinations 1/2
1~32
1~4
01~32
New Entry
Refer to the table below
Refer to applicable table.
1-1-29 Enter Telephone Port No. for combinations 1 and 2 for each CO Port No.
Telephone
Telephone
CO Port No.
Combination
CO Port No.
Combination
Port No.
Port No.
01~32
1/2
33~64
1/2
01~CO
01~CO
1
1
01
33
2
2
1
1
02
34
2
2
1
1
03
35
2
2
1
1
04
36
2
2
1
1
05
37
2
2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 15

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone
Telephone
CO Port No.
Combination
CO Port No.
Combination
Port No.
Port No.
01~32
1/2
33~64
1/2
01~CO
01~CO
1
1
06
38
2
2
1
1
07
39
2
2
1
1
08
40
2
2
1
1
09
41
2
2
1
1
10
42
2
2
1
1
11
43
2
2
1
1
12
44
2
2
1
1
13
45
2
2
1
1
14
46
2
2
1
1
15
47
2
2
1
1
16
48
2
2
1
1
17
49
2
2
1
1
18
50
2
2
1
1
19
51
2
2
1
1
20
52
2
2
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 16
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone
Telephone
CO Port No.
Combination
CO Port No.
Combination
Port No.
Port No.
01~32
1/2
33~64
1/2
01~CO
01~CO
1
1
21
53
2
2
1
1
22
54
2
2
1
1
23
55
2
2
1
1
24
56
2
2
1
1
25
57
2
2
1
1
26
58
2
2
1
1
27
59
2
2
1
1
28
60
2
2
1
1
29
61
2
2
1
1
30
62
2
2
1
1
31
63
2
2
1
1
32
64
2
2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 17

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
1-1-30 Enter the assigned Trunk Group Number for each RAB and Priority Number.
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
1
2
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
3
4
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
5
6
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
7
8
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
9
10
3
3
4
4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 18
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
11
12
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
13
14
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
15
16
3
3
4
4

RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
17
18
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
19
20
3
3
4
4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 19

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
21
22
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
23
24
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
25
26
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
27
28
3
3
4
4
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
29
30
3
3
4
4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 20
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
RAB No.
Priority No.
Trunk Group (01~32)
1
1
2
2
31
32
3
3
4
4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 21

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 32, 33, 34, and 35
1-1-32
Automatic Day/Night Mode by Day of Week Selection
Specifies the pattern for automatic switching start time between Day and Night Mode by
day of the week.
1-1-33
Speed Dial Number/Name Display Selection
Specifies whether Number or Name is displayed first on the LCD of the originating station
when an outgoing call is made using Speed Dial.
1-1-34
Tie Line First Ring Pattern Selection
Specifies ringing tone for incoming calls on Tie lines.
1-1-35
Speed Dial Buffer Allocation
Specifies either 100-memory or 1000-memory allocation in the Speed Dial buffer.
Memory Block
1-1-32
1-1-33
Automatic Day/Night Mode by Day of
Speed Dial Number/Name Display
Function
Week Selection
Selection
Default
Sunday to Saturday = Pattern 1
DIAL
Sunday to Saturday
Selections
DIAL NAME
Pattern 1 or 2
Day
Pattern
Sunday
______
Monday
______
Tuesday
______
New Entry
Wednesday
______
Thursday
______
Friday
______
Saturday
______
Memory Block
1-1-34
1-1-35
Function
Tie Line First Ring Pattern Selection
Speed Dial Buffer Allocation
Default
PAT3
100
PAT 1
PAT 2
Selections
PAT3
PAT4
100 1000
ICM
VOICE
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 22
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 37 and 46
1-1-37
Trunk Queuing Timeout Selection
Specifies the time a station rings while queuing for a trunk before being automatically
canceled. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
1-1-46
Access Code (1-Digit) Assignment
Assigns a single dial number (0~9, ,, #) as an Access Code for system functions. Refer to
the table on the following pages for a list of function names and numbers.

Memory Block
1-1-37
1-1-46
Function
Trunk Queuing Timeout Selection
Access Code (1-Digit) Assignment
0:
176
Specified Station Access Code
1~3:
001
Station Number
4~7:
000
Not Used
Default
10s (R2500 or lower) 10s(R3000 or higher)
8:
102
Trunk Group 2
9:
101
Trunk Group 1
,:
096
Last Number Redial
#:
026
Callback Message Answer
R2500 or lower: 10s, 20s, 30s, 60s
Refer to the table on the following pages.
Selections
R3000 or higher: 00s (No Limit) and 01s~99s
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Function No. and Name for the assigned Dial No.
Dial No.
Function No.
Function Name
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
,
#
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 23

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
This table applies to Data Numbers 46, 47, and 48.
Default Dial Numbers and Function Numbers
Default Dial Numbers and Function Numbers
Default
Function
Default
Function
Function Name
Function Name
Dial No.
No.
Dial No.
No.
4, 5, 6, 7
000
Not Used
034
Call Forward All Call Cancel from
Destination
1, 2, 3
001
Station Number
035
Station Outgoing Lockout Set
002
Not Used

036
Station Outgoing Lockout Cancel
037
Change Password
019
Not Used
038
Reset Password from Attendant
020
Call Forward No Answer Set
039
Fax Status Indication (Tie/DID lines)
021
Call Forward No Answer Cancel
040
Log - ON/OFF
022
Call Forward Busy Set
041
Account Code Entry
023
Call Forward Busy Cancel
67
042
Call Pickup Direct
43
024
Call Forward Busy/No Answer Set
043
Not Used
44
025
Call Forward Busy/No Answer
044
Timed Alarm Set at SLTs
Cancel
045
Timed Alarm Cancel at SLTs
#
026
Callback Message Answer
046
Set and Cancel of Timed Alarm for
6#
027
SLT Hookflash/DVM Hookflash
Single Line Telephone from
Attendant
028
Not Used
4,
047
Call Park System Transfer
029
Not Used
4#
048
Call Park System Answer
41
030
Call Forward All Call Set
60
049
Volume/LCD Control
40
031
DND Set
050
Specified Tenant on CO/PBX/
42
032
Call Forward All Call/DND Cancel
Centrex Line Seizure (1-digit)
033
Call Forward All Call Set from
051
Specified Tenant on CO/PBX/
Destination
Centrex Line Seizure (2-digit)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 24
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Default Dial Numbers and Function Numbers
Default Dial Numbers and Function Numbers
Default
Function
Default
Function
Function Name
Function Name
Dial No.
No.
Dial No.
No.
052
Call Pickup CO/PBX by Tenant
55
075
All External Zone Paging
(1-digit)
56
076
External Zone A Paging
053
Call Pickup CO/PBX/Centrex by
Tenant (2-digit)
57
077
External Zone B Paging
054
Specified Tenant Internal Paging
58
078
External Zone C Paging
(1-digit)
5#
079
External Meet-Me
055
Specified Tenant Internal Paging
080
Outgoing (CO only) Access in Same
(2-digit)
Tenant
056
Internal Emergency All Call Paging
59
081
All Internal/External Zone Paging
68
057
Intra-Tenant Call Pickup
082
System ID Number for Tie Line
69
058
Night Chime Call Pickup
Networking
059
Not Used
083 Not
Used
060
Call Pickup CO/PBX for other

Tenants
061
Internal/CO/PBX Transfer Call
085
Not Used
Pickup in Same Tenant
086
Tie Line Seizure in Same Tenant
062
SLT Park to Non-Exclusive Hold
087
PBX Line Seizure in Same Tenant
063
Specified CO/PBX/Centrex Line
78
088
Trunk Queuing Set
Seizure (1-digit)
79
089
Trunk Queuing Cancel
064
Specified CO/PBX/Centrex Line
Seizure (2-digit)
76
090
Station Speed Dial Programming
(Single Line Telephone)
065
Not Used
091
Doorphone 1 Call
6,
066
Call Pickup CO/PBX in Same Tenant
067
Call Pickup (Tie only) in Same Tenant
092
Doorphone 2 Call
068
Call Pickup (PBX only) in Same
093
Doorphone 3 Call
Tenant
094
Doorphone 4 Call
069
Call Pickup (CO only) in Same
77
095
Station/System Speed Dial Call
Tenant
(Single Line Telephone)
51
070
All Internal Zone Paging
,
096
Last Number Redial
52
071
Internal Zone A Paging
097
Not Used
53
072
Internal Zone B Paging
098
DSS 1 CALL
54
073
Internal Zone C Paging
099
DSS 2 CALL
5,
074
Internal/External Meet-Me
100
Not Used
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 25

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Default Dial Numbers and Function Numbers
Default Dial Numbers and Function Numbers
Default
Function
Default
Function
Function Name
Function Name
Dial No.
No.
Dial No.
No.
9
101
Trunk Group 01
154
Call Forward Busy/ No Answer Split
Set
8
102
Trunk Group 02
155
Call Forward Busy/ No Answer Split
70
103
Trunk Group 03
Cancel
71
104
Trunk Group 04
156
Call Forward All Split Set
72
105
Trunk Group 05
157
Call Forward All Split Cancel
73
106
Trunk Group 06
158
Call Forward Busy/No Answer Split
74
107
Trunk Group 07
Set for Call Arrival Key (CAR)
75
108
Trunk Group 08
159
Call Forward Busy/No Answer Split
Cancel for Call Arrival Key (CAR)
109~132 Trunk Group 09~32
160~175 Not Used
133~139 Not Used
0
176
Specified Station Access Code 00
45
140
Call Forward Busy/No Answer Set
for Call Arrival Key (CAR)
177
Specified Station Access Code 01
46
141
Call Forward Busy/No Answer
178
Specified Station Access Code 02
Cancel for Call Arrival Key (CAR)
179
Specified Station Access Code 03
47
142
Call Forward All Call Set for Call
180
Specified Station Access Code 04
Arrival Key (CAR)
181
Specified Station Access Code 05
48
143
Call Forward All Call Cancel for
Call Arrival Key (CAR)
182
Specified Station Access Code 06
144
Call Forward All Split Set for Call
183
Specified Station Access Code 07
Arrival Key (CAR)
184
Specified Station Access Code 08
145
Call Forward All Split Cancel for
Call Arrival Key (CAR)
185
Specified Station Access Code 09
146
Forced Account Code/Authorization
186
Specified Station Access Code 10
Code
187
Specified Station Access Code 11
147
Forced Account Code/Authorization
Code Access
188
Specified Station Access Code 12
148
Station Relocation
189
Specified Station Access Code 13
150
Call Forward No Answer Split Set
190
Specified Station Access Code 14
151
Call Forward No Answer Split
191
Specified Station Access Code 15
Cancel
192
Specified Station Access Code 16
152
Call Forward Busy Split Set
153
Call Forward Busy Split Cancel
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 26
Memory Blocks

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 47
1-1-47
Access Code (2-Digit) Assignment
Assigns dial numbers (0~9, ,, #) as a 2-digit Access Code for system functions.
Memory Block
1-1-47
Function
Access Code (2-Digit) Assignment
Default
Refer to Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual.
Selections
Refer to the function table listed in Memory Block 1-1-46 at the beginning of this section.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Function Number and Name for the assigned Dial Number.
Dial
Function
Dial
Function
Function Name
Function Name
No.
No.
No.
No.
00
18
01
19
02
1,
03
1#
04
20
05
21
06
22
07
23
08
24
09
25
0,
26
0#
27
10
28
11
29
12
2,
13
2#
14
30
15
31
16
32
17
33
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 28
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

Dial
Function
Dial
Function
Function Name
Function Name
No.
No.
No.
No.
34
62
35
63
36
64
37
65
38
66
39
67
3,
68
3#
69
40
6,
41
6#
42
70
43
71
44
72
45
73
46
74
47
75
48
76
49
77
4,
78
4#
79
50
7,
51
7#
52
80
53
81
54
82
55
83
56
84
57
85
58
86
59
87
5,
88
5#
89
60
8,
61
8#
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 29

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Dial
Function
Dial
Function
Function Name
Function Name
No.
No.
No.
No.
90
,6
91
,7
92
,8
93
,9
94
,,
95
,#
96
#0
97
#1
98
#2
99
#3
9,
#4
9#
#5
,0
#6
,1
#7
,2
#8
,3
#9
,4
#,
,5
##
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 30
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 48
1-1-48
Access Code (3-Digit) Assignment
Assigns dial numbers (0~9, ,, #) as a 3-digit Access Code for system functions.
Memory Block
1-1-48
Function
Access Code (3-Digit) Assignment
Default
All Dial 000 (Not Used)
Selections
Refer to Memory Block 1-1-46 Access Code (1-Digit) Assignment on page 23.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Function Number and Name that correspond to the assigned Dial Number for each table.
Table
Dial
Function
Function
Table
Dial
Function
Function
No.
No.
No.
Name
No.
No.
No.
Name
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
01
5
02
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
,
,
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 31

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Table
Dial
Function
Function
Table
Dial
Function
Function
No.
No.
No.
Name
No.
No.
No.
Name
0
0
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
03
5
04
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
,
,
#
#
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 32
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 49 and 50
1-1-49
Networking Trunk Group/Route Advance Assignment
Assigns the function number of the Trunk Group or Route Advance Block to be used when
connecting an Electra Elite IPK to another system by Tie lines or CO/PBX/CTX lines.
1-1-50
CO/PBX Outgoing Digit Add Assignment
Specifies up to 10 additional digits when a trunk in the Trunk Group or Route Advance
Block is seized, and a number is dialed.
Memory Block
1-1-49
1-1-50
Networking Trunk Group/Route Advance
Function
CO/PBX Outgoing Digit Add Assignment
Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Not Specified
Selections
Trunk Group 101~132, RAB No 201~232
Enter up to 10 digits.
New Entry
Refer to table below.
Refer to table below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 33

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block 1-1-49
Memory Block 1-1-50
Closed
Function No.
Closed
Number
Trunk Group 1~32 (101~132)
Number
Maximum of 10 Digits
Block
RAB 1~32 (201~232)
Block
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 34
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 51 and 52
1-1-51
CO Line Ringing Pattern Selection
Specifies the initial ringing pattern or No ring for incoming calls on a CO line.
1-1-52
PBX Line Ringing Pattern Selection
Specifies the initial ringing pattern or No ring for incoming calls on a PBX line.
Memory Block
1-1-51
1-1-52
Function
CO Line Ringing Pattern Selection
PBX Line Ringing Pattern Selection

Default
A
B
Ring Pattern
Ring Pattern
Selections
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
New Entry
Refer to applicable pattern below.
Refer to applicable pattern below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 35

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block 1-1-51
First Ringing Pattern
Pattern Detection
Ringing Pattern specified in this
Memory Block.
The Ring Patterns are as follows:
s= seconds
Pattern
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
No Ring
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 36
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block 1-1-52
First Ringing Pattern
Pattern Detection
Ringing Pattern specified in this
Memory Block.
The Ring Patterns are as follows:
s= seconds
Pattern
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
No Ring
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 37

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 53 and 54
1-1-53
Tie Line Delay Ring Pattern Selection
Specifies the ringing pattern or No ring for incoming calls on a Tie line after the Tie/DID Line
Delay Ringing timeout.
1-1-54
Automated Attendant Transfer Ring Pattern
Specifies the ringing pattern or No ring sent to the Multiline Terminal when incoming calls
are received at an Automated Attendant and transferred.
Memory Block
1-1-53
1-1-54
Function
Tie Line Delay Ring Pattern Selection
Automated Attendant Transfer Ring Pattern
Default
D

C
Ring Pattern
Ring Pattern
Selections
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
New Entry
Refer to applicable pattern below.
Refer to applicable pattern below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 38
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block 1-1-53
The Ring Patterns are as follows:
s= seconds
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
Pattern
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
No Ring
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 39

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block 1-1-54
The Ring Patterns are as follows:
s= seconds
Pattern
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
No Ring
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 40
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 55
1-1-55
DID Line Ringing Pattern Selection
Assigns the ringing pattern or No ring to be used for DID calls.
Memory Block
1-1-55
Function
DID Line Ringing Pattern Selection
Default
A
Ring Pattern
Selections
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
New Entry
Memory Block 1-1-55
The Ring Patterns are shown in the table below:
s= seconds
Pattern
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
NO
No Ring
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 41

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 57 and 59
1-1-57
CO/PBX Prepause Time Selection
Specifies the pause time or none before dialed digits are sent over a CO/PBX line after the
trunk is seized by a system user.
1-1-59
Synchronous Ringing Selection
Specifies whether or not CO/PBX calls follow Synchronous Ringing.
Memory Block
1-1-57
1-1-59
Function
CO/PBX Prepause Time Selection
Synchronous Ringing Selection
Default
1s
YS
NON
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
Selections
6s
7s
8s
9s
10
11s
YS
NO
12s
13s
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 42
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 60
1-1-60
8-Digit Matching Table Assignment
Assigns the outgoing dial digit for Code Restriction (except OCC Dial Digit - Normal Dial).
Memory Block
1-1-60
Function
8-Digit Matching Table Assignment
Refer to the table below.
Default

Matching Tables 01~10 are empty until programmed.
Selections
0~9, ,, # (maximum of eight digits)
New Entry
Refer to the tables on next page.
Default
Matching Table
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
911
11
00
0
12
00
976
00
1800
13
01
1888
02
1877
14
00
1X
15
00
X
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 43

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Matching Table 00
Matching Table 01
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Matching Table 02
Matching Table 03
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 44
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Matching Table 04
Matching Table 05
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Matching Table 06
Matching Table 07
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 45

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Matching Table 08
Matching Table 09
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Matching Table 10
Matching Table 11
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 46
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Matching Table 12
Matching Table 13
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
Matching Table 14
Matching Table 15
Dial Code
Setting Data
Dial Code
Setting Data
00
00
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 47

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 61
1-1-61
8-Digit Matching Table to Class Assignment
Specifies whether to allow or deny each 8-Digit Matching Table assignment per class.
Class 00 and 15 are fixed. Only classes 01~14 can be programmed.
Memory Block
1-1-61
Function
8-Digit Matching Table to Class Assignment
Default
YS (Refer to the table below)
Selections
NON (Not Assigned) YS (Allow) NO (Deny)
New Entry
Refer to the table on next page.
8-Digit Matching Table No.
Default
00
Class 01~14 = Allow
01~10
Class 01~14 = Not Assigned
Class 01~03 = Deny
11
Class 04~14 = Not Assigned
Class 01~02 = Not Assigned
12
Class 03 = Deny
Class 04~14 = Not Assigned
Class 01 = Not Assigned
13
Class 02~04 = Allow
Class 05~14 = Not Assigned
Class 01~04 = Deny
14~15
Class 05~14 = Not Assigned
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 48
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter A(YS) or D(NO) for the applicable data in each column.
8-Digit Matching Table No.
Class
No.
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
01
A D
D
D
02
A
D
A
D
D
03
A
D
D
A
D
D
04
A
A
D
D
05
A
06
A
07
A
08
A
09
A
10
A
11
A
12
A
13
A
14
A
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 49

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 62 and 63
1-1-62
System Speed Dial Override by Class Selection
Specifies whether or not a user can override System Speed Dial for each class.
1-1-63
Hold Recall Time Selection (Exclusive)
Specifies the time for Exclusive Hold Recall. When is selected, Exclusive Hold Recall is
not provided. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second
intervals.
Memory Block
1-1-62
Function
System Speed Dial Override by Class Selection
Default
Class 01~14 = YS (Override)
Selections
No (No Override) YS (Override)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable data for each class.
Memory Block 1-1-62
Class
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
New Entry
Memory Block
1-1-63
Function
Hold Recall Time Selection (Exclusive)
1.0 minute (R2500 or lower)
Default
60s R3000 or higher
Time in minutes
R2500 or lower: 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 5.0,
Selections
8.0, (No Limit)
R3000 or higher: 000s (No Limit) and
001s~999s
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 50
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 65 and 66
1-1-65
Code Restriction Class Allow/Deny Selection
Assigns Code Restriction Classes 01~14 as Allow or Deny.
1-1-66
8-Digit Matching Table to Normal Dial Assignment
Assigns the 8-Digit Matching Table by class for normal dialing as used or unused. when
unused is assigned, the system does not check during normal dialing even when the 8-Digit
Matching Table is programmed.

Memory
1-1-65
Block
Function
Code Restriction Class Allow/Deny Selection
Class
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
Default
Data
YS
YS
YS
YS
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Selections
YS (Allow)
NO (Deny)
Class
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
New Entry
Data

Memory
1-1-66
Block
Function
8-Digit Matching Table To Normal Dial Assignment
Table
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
Default
Data
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
On
Off
CO LED Off (Restricted) - OCC Calls Only
Selections
CO LED On (Not Restricted) - Non-OCC and OCC Calls
Table
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
New Entry
Data
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 51

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 67
1-1-67
OCC Table Assignment
Assigns Other Common Carrier (OCC) Code (maximum of eight digits). A maximum of 16
codes can be assigned.
Memory Block
1-1-67
Function
OCC Table Assignment
OCC Table 01~15: Blank
Default
OCC Table 16: 1010XXX
Selections
0~9, ,, #, X, P, N
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter up to eight digits as an OCC Code for each OCC Table.
OCC
OCC Code
Table
(Maximum 8 digits)
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
0
1
0
X
X
X
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 52
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 68
1-1-68
8-Digit Matching Table to OCC Table Assignment
Assigns each 8-Digit Matching Table to each OCC Code Table.
Memory Block
1-1-68
Function
8-Digit Matching Table to OCC Table Assignment
OCC Table 01~15: All 8-Digit Matching tables Not Used
Default
OCC Table 16:
8-Digit Matching Tables 00~14 Not Used
8-Digit Matching Table 15 Used
CO LED OFF =
Unused (OCC Calls Only)
Selections
CO LED ON =
Used (Non-OCC and OCC Calls)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable data below.
OCC
8-Digit Matching Table No.
Table
No.
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
On
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 53

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 69, 70, 71, and 72
1-1-69
Tie Line Code Restriction Assignment
Assigns Restriction/No Restriction to outgoing Tie line dialed digits.
1-1-70
Code Restriction Class Assignment when Lockout is Set
Assigns the Code Restriction Class when a station user sets the Station Outgoing Lockout
or when the Attendant sets Attendant Station Outgoing Lockout.
1-1-71
First Delay Announcement Start Time Selection
Specifies the time between receiving a CO call and sending a First Delay Announcement to
the calling party.
1-1-72
First Delay Announcement Repeat Selection
Specifies the number of times a First Delay Announcement is repeated.

Memory Block
1-1-69
1-1-70
Code Restriction Class Assignment when
Function
Tie Line Code Restriction Assignment
Lockout is Set
Default
YS
Class 15
Selections
NO (No Restriction)
YS (Restriction)
Class 00~Class 15
New Entry

Memory Block
1-1-71
1-1-72
First Delay Announcement Start Time
Function
First Delay Announcement Repeat Selection
Selection
Default
20 1
Time in seconds
1
2
3
Selections
00
10
20
30
4
5
6
40
50
60
7
8
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 54
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 73, 74, 75, and 76
1-1-73
First to Second Delay Announcement Interval Time Selection
Specifies the time between the end of the First Delay Announcement sending time and the
start time of the Second Delay Announcement.
1-1-74
Second Delay Announcement Repeat Selection
Specifies the number of times a Second Delay Announcement is repeated.
1-1-75
Second Delay Announcement Repeat Interval Time Selection
Specifies the time interval to repeat the Second Delay Announcement to the calling party.
1-1-76
Barge-In Alert Tone Assignment
Specifies whether or not Barge-In Alert tone is allowed system-wide.

Memory Block
1-1-73
1-1-74
First to Second Delay Announcement Interval
Second Delay Announcement Repeat
Function
Time Selection
Selection
Default
20
1
Time in seconds
1
2
3
4
Selections
00 10 20
30
5
6
7
8
40
50
60
(No Limit)
New Entry

Memory Block
1-1-75
1-1-76
Second Delay Announcement Repeat Interval
Function
Barge-In Alert Tone Assignment
Time Selection
Default
20
YS
Time in seconds
00 10
20
30
YS
NO
Selections
40
50
60

(No
Limit)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 55

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 77, 78, 79, 80 and 81
1-1-77
Delayed Ringing Time Assignment (CO)
Assigns the Delayed Ringing Time for outside line calls system-wide.
1-1-78
Caller ID Display Assignment for System Mode
Assigns up to 15 Multiline Terminals to display Caller ID Indication for normal incoming
CO/PBX calls or CO/PBX calls ringing on a Call Arrival (CAR) key. This Memory Block is
used for R1600 and lower. For R1700 and higher it is no longer required.
1-1-79
BGM Port Assignment
Assigns a CO/PBX port to use as a Background Music port.
1-1-80
ISDN DTMF Duration/Interdigit Selection
Specifies the tone duration/interdigit time, in milliseconds, of DTMF signals for the ISDN
trunk.
1-1-81
ISDN Dial Interval Time Selection
Specifies the time between each digit dialed before digits are sent over the network. With
R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.

Memory Block
1-1-77
1-1-78
Function
Delayed Ringing Time Assignment (CO)
Caller ID Display Assignment for System Mode
Default
15s
00 (Not Specified)
Selections
00~99s
01~C0 Tel port
New Entry
Refer to the table on the next page.

Memory
1-1-79
1-1-80
1-1-81
Block
Function
BGM Port Assignment
ISDN DTMF Duration/Interdigit Selection
ISDN Dial Interval Time Selection
4s (R2500 or lower)
Default
No Assignment
100/70
04s (R3000 or higher)
R2500 or lower: 2s, 4s, 8s, 16s,
Time In milliseconds: 70/60, 100/70, 400/
Selections
CO Port 01~64
32s
100, 600/100, 900/200
R3000 or higher: 01s~99s
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 56
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter the port number for 1-1-78.
Entry
Port
Number
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 57

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
CO Line (LK 1)
No. 82 and 86
1-1-82
CO Feature Code Service for Code Restriction
Defines a code sent to the CO in front of the dialed number to allow completion of a CO call
to a code restricted number set to allow.
1-1-86
Call Monitoring Alert Tone Assignment
Specifies whether or not Call Monitoring Alert Tone is allowed (R2000 or higher).
Memory Block
1-1-82
1-1-86
Function
CO Feature Code Service for Code Restriction
Call Monitoring Alert Tone Assignment
Default
Not specified
YS
Selections
1~10 digits
YS
NO
Refer to the table below.
Enter the numbers dialed for CO calls.
Code Table
Number Entry
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 58
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ICM (LK 2)
No. 00, 01, 02, 03, 04 and 08
1-2-00
Internal Paging Timeout Selection
Specifies the time allowed for paging. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be
adjusted in 1-second intervals.
1-2-01
Intercom Call Voice/Tone Signal Selection
Determines whether signal tone or voice is used first for an intercom call.
1-2-02
Automatic Callback Release Time Selection
Determines the time allowed for an automatic callback before the request is automatically
canceled. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-minute intervals.
1-2-03
2~7-Digit Station Number Selection
Determines the number of digits for station numbers. Either 2-digit (10~89), 3-digit
(100~899), or 4-digit (1000~8999) assignment is available or a 5-, 6-, or 7-digit station
numbering plan is available. R2500 or higher is required to assign the 5-, 6-, or 7-digit
station numbering plan.
1-2-04
Call Arrival Key Block Assignment
Specifies the number of Call Arrival keys that can be used in the system.
1-2-08
Specified Station Access Code Assignment
Assigns specific stations to be called using abbreviated dialing. Up to 24 stations can be
assigned.
Memory Block
1-2-00
1-2-01
Function
Internal Paging Timeout Selection
Intercom Call Voice/Tone Signal Selection
Default
90s(R2500 or lower) 090s (R3000 or higher)
VOICE
R2500 or lower: 90s, 120s, (No Limit)
Selections
TONE
VOICE
R3000 or higher: 000 (No Limit) and 001s~255s
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
Memory Block
1-2-02
1-2-03
Function
Automatic Callback Release Time Selection
2~7-Digit Station Number Selection
Default
30m (R2500 or lower) 30m (R3000 or higher)
3DGT
R2500 or lower: 30s, 1m, 2m, 3m, 5m, 10m,
2DGT
3DGT
4DGT
5DGT
6DGT
Selections
20m, 30m
7DGT
R3000 or higher: 00 (No Limit) and 01m~99m
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 59

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
1-2-04
1-2-08
Function
Call Arrival Key Block Assignment
Specified Station Access Code Assignment
Access Code 00:
Tel. Port 01
Default
No Call Arrival Keys Assigned
Access Codes 01~23:
Not Set
Ports 01~04, 05~08, 09~12, 13~16, 17~20,
21~24, 25~28, 29~32, 33~36, 37~40, 41~44,
45~48, 49~52, 53~56, 57~60, 61~64, 65~68,
Selections
Tel Port No.:
01~C0
69~72, 73~76, 77~80, 81~84, 85~88, 89~92,
93~96, 97~A0, A1~A4, A5~A8, A9~B2, B3~B6,
B7~C0
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Port Number for each Access Code Number for Memory Block 1-2-08.
Access
Access Code
Port No.
Port No.
Code No.
No.
00
12
01
13
02
14
03
15
04
16
05
17
06
18
07
19
08
20
09
21
10
22
11
23
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 60
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ICM (LK 2)
No. 09~18
1-2-09~18
Customized Message 1~10 Assignment
Specifies various messages to be displayed at a station LCD.
Memory Block
1-2-09 ~ 1-2-18
Function
Customized Message 1~10 Assignment
Default
Refer to the table below.
Selections
Up to 13 characters.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter up to 13 characters for customized messages.
Data No.
Default Message
Customized Message
09
DND
10
MEETING
11
BUSINESS TRIP
12
NOT IN
13
WITH GUEST
14
OUT OF OFFICE
15
Not Specified
16
Not Specified
17
Not Specified
18
Not Specified
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 61

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
ICM (LK 2)
No. 19, 20, and 21
1-2-19
Intercom Ring Pattern Selection
Specifies a ring pattern or turns tone on/off when ICM calls are made.
1-2-20
Intercom Ring Tone Selection
Specifies a ring tone for intercom calls.
1-2-21
PS Telephone Block Assignment
Specifies the number of Dterm PS II stations that can be used in the system.
Memory Block
1-2-19
1-2-20
Function
Intercom Ring Pattern Selection
Intercom Ring Tone Selection
Default
B
A
Selections
Refer to the table on the next page.
Refer to the table on the next page.
New Entry
Memory Block
1-2-21
Function
PS Telephone Block Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Ports 01~04, 05~08, 09~12, 13~16, 17~20,
21~24, 25~28, 29~32, 33~36, 37~40, 41~44,
45~48, 49~52, 53~56, 57~60, 61~64, 65~68,
Selections
69~72, 73~76, 77~80, 81~84, 85~88, 89~92,
93~96, 97~A0, A1~A4, A5~A8, A9~B2,
B3~B6, B7~C0
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 62
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Selections - Memory Block 1-2-19
s= seconds
Line
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
Pattern
Key
Tone
LK 1
Off
Tone
LK 2
On
A

LK 3
B
LK 4
C

LK 5
D

LK 6
E

LK 7
F

LK 8
LK 1
G
(Pg. 2)
LK 2
H
(Pg. 2)
Selections - Memory Block 1-2-20
LK
Tone
Description
1
A
(480/606): Modulation (16 Hz)
2
B
(480/606): Modulation (8 Hz)
3
C
(1024/1285)
4
D
(1024)
5
E
(500)
6
F
(1024/1285): Modulation (16 Hz)
7
G
(600/700): Modulation (16 Hz)
8
H
(1024): Envelope 2 sec.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 63

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Place a check mark for each group port selection for Memory Block 1-2-21.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Group
Port
Group
Port
Group
Port
Group
Port
Group
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
25
49
73
97
02
26
50
74
98
03
27
51
75
99
04
28
52
76
A0
05
29
53
77
A1
06
30
54
78
A2
07
31
55
79
A3
08
32
56
80
A4
09
33
57
81
A5
10
34
58
82
A6
11
35
59
83
A7
12
36
60
84
A8
13
37
61
85
A9
14
38
62
86
B0
15
39
63
87
B1
16
40
64
88
B2
17
41
65
89
B3
18
42
66
90
B4
19
43
67
91
B5
20
44
68
92
B6
21
45
69
93
B7
22
46
70
94
B8
23
47
71
95
B9
24
48
72
96
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 64
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ICM (LK 2)
No. 22 and 23
1-2-22
Call Forward No Answer Time Selection
Specifies the time before incoming intercom calls or incoming CO/PBX lines are forwarded
to another station number when the called party does not answer. With R3000 or higher,
this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
1-2-23
System Call Park Recall Time Selection
Specifies the time before a CO/PBX call recalls back to a station from Call Park. With
R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
Memory Block
1-2-22
1-2-23
Function
Call Forward No Answer Time Selection
System Call Park Recall Time Selection
1.0m ( R2500 or lower) 060s ( R3000 or
Default
8s(R2500 or lower) 12s (R3000 or higher)
higher)
Time in minutes
R2500 or lower: 4s, 8s, 12s, 18s, 24s, 30s,
R2500 or lower: 0.5m, 1.0m, 1.5m, 2.0m,
Selections
60s
3.0m, 5.0m, 8.0m, 10.0m
R3000 or higher: 01s~99s
R3000 or higher: 001s~999s
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 65

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
ICM (LK 2)
No. 24
1-2-24
Intercom Feature Access Code Assignment
Assigns the Access Code for Voice/Tone change or Step Call.
Memory Block
1-2-24
Function
Intercom Feature Access Code Assignment
Dial No.
0
=
004
Automatic Callback
1
=
001
Voice/Tone Switching
2
=
002
Step Call
3~5
=
000
Not Used
Default
6
=
006
Voice Over Originate
7
=
007
Quick Transfer to Voice Mail
8~9
=
000
Not Used
,
=
003
Tone Override
#
=
005
Callback Request
Setting Data
000
=
Not Used
001
=
Voice/Tone Switching
002
=
Step Call
003
=
Tone Override
Selections
004
=
Automatic Callback
005
=
Callback Request
006
=
Voice Over Originate
007
=
Quick Transfer to Voice Mail
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Setting Data number and Feature name that correspond to the assigned Dial No.
Dial No.
Setting Data
Feature
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
,
#
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 66
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ICM (LK 2)
No. 25, 26, 30, 32, 33, and 34
1-2-25
Internal Paging Alert Tone Selection
Specifies whether or not a call alert tone is provided when Internal Paging is used.
1-2-26
Delayed Ringing Time Assignment (ICM)
Assigns the delayed ringing time for incoming internal calls.
1-2-30
PS Out of Area Time Assignment
Specifies retry time when a PS is out of area.
1-2-32
IP Telephone Block Assignment
Specifies the number of IP Phones that can be used with the IPCA( )-U( ) ETU (CPU). UP
to 30 can be assigned (R2500 or higher).
1-2-33
IP Telephone Block Assignment Allow/Deny Selection
Specifies whether or not Memory Block 1-2-32 (IP Telephone Block Assignment) is used
(R2500 or higher).
1-2-34
Expanded Station Number Assignment
Assigns the lead digit when more than 4-digit station numbers are used (R2500 or higher).
Memory Block
1-2-25
1-2-26
Function
Internal Paging Alert Tone Selection
Delayed Ringing Time Assignment (ICM)
Default
YS
10s
Selections
YS
NO
00 ~ 99 sec.
New Entry
Memory Block
1-2-30
1-2-32
Function
PS Out of Area Time Assignment
IP Telephone Block Assignment
Default
08s
LK Off No Blocks assigned
LK Off = Not assigned
Selections
0~99 seconds
LK Green = Block assigned for IP Phone
Lk Red = Block not available for IP Phone
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 67

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
1-2-33
1-2-34
IP Telephone Block Assignment Allow/Deny
Function
Expanded Station Number Assignment
Selection
Default
YS (Allow)
Blank (Not Specified)
2, 3, or 4 digit
Blank (Not Specified)
5 digit
1~8
Selections
YS (Allow), NO (Deny)
6-digit
10~89
7-digit
100~899
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 68
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
SLT (LK 3)
No. 01, 02, 03, and 04
1-3-01
Bounce Protect Time Selection
Specifies the time before a valid hookflash is detected from a Single Line Telephone or
Voice Mail system to prevent an unintentional bounce of the receiver from being detected
as off-hook.
1-3-02
SLT Hookflash Signal Selection
Specifies whether a line is held internally or, when behind a PBX, a hookflash (HF) signal is
sent to the line when a Single Line Telephone (SLT) user performs a hookflash.
1-3-03
First Digit PBR Release Time Selection
Specifies the time a PBR receiver circuit is connected when a DTMF Single Line Telephone
user goes off-hook. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second
intervals.
1-3-04
Dial 1 (DP) Hookflash Selection
Specifies whether or not a dial pulse Single Line Telephone provides a hookflash signal,
when the user presses 1 during an intercom or CO/PBX call.

Memory Block
1-3-01
1-3-02
Function
Bounce Protect Time Selection
SLT Hookflash Signal Selection
Default
300ms
HOLD
HOLD
FLASH
0ms
100ms
200ms
300ms
400ms
500ms
600ms
700ms
Selections
800ms
900ms
1000ms
1100ms
1200ms
1300ms
1400ms
1500ms
New Entry

Memory Block
1-3-03
1-3-04
Function
First Digit PBR Release Time Selection
Dial 1 (DP) Hookflash Selection
Default
10s ( R2500 or lower) 10s (R3000 or higher)
YS
R2500 or lower: 10s, 20s, 30s, 40s, 50s, 60s
YS
NO
Selections
R3000 or higher: 01s~99s
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 69

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
SLT (LK 3)
No. 05 and 06
1-3-05
Hookflash Start Time Selection
Specifies the minimum hookflash duration from a Single Line Telephone or analog Voice
Mail system before it is detected as the beginning of a valid hookflash.
1-3-06
Hookflash End Time Selection
Specifies the maximum hookflash time from a Single Line Telephone or analog voice Mail
system to receive a second dial tone.

Memory Block
1-3-05
Function
Hookflash Start Time Selection
Default
290
Time in milliseconds
Selections
40
90
140
190
240
290
340
390
440
490
540
590
640
690
740
790
New Entry

Memory Block
1-3-06
Function
Hookflash End Time Selection
Default
07
Hookflash Start Time (HST) + time in milliseconds
00 (HST + 0)
01 (HST + 100)
02 (HST + 200)
03 (HST + 300)
04 (HST + 400)
Selections
05 (HST + 500)
06 (HST + 600)
07 (HST + 700)
08 (HST + 800)
09 (HST + 900)
10 (HST + 1000)
11 (HST + 1100)
12 (HST + 1200)
13 (HST + 1300)
14 (HST + 1400)
15 (HST + 1500)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 70
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
SLT (LK 3)
No. 07, 08, 09, 10, 11 and 12
1-3-07
Voice Mail Digit Add Assignment
Assigns up to four digits in front of the station number sent to the voice mail when a call is
forwarded.
1-3-08
Voice Mail DTMF Delay Time Selection
Specifies the time before DTMF tones are sent from Voice Mail Interface (VMI) ports.
1-3-09
Voice Mail Disconnect Time Selection
Specifies the time a disconnect signal is sent to the voice mail equipment.
1-3-10
Voice Mail DTMF Duration/Interdigit Time Selection
Specifies the DTMF duration and the interdigit time for voice mail.
1-3-11
SLT/PSII Talk Start Timer
Assigns the time needed after a hookflash and dialing before three-party (two COs and one
SLT/PSII) line conference is allowed from an SLT or PSII (R2000 or higher).
1-3-12
SLT/ISDN TELCO Account Codes Allow/Deny Selection
Specifies when ISDN (PRI/BRI) circuits have account codes set up by TELCO and the
account code must be entered by Single Line Telephones (R3000 or higher).

Memory Block
1-3-07
1-3-08
Function
Voice Mail Digit Add Assignment
Voice Mail DTMF Delay Time Selection
Default
Not assigned
1s
0~9, ,, # (4-digit maximum)
0s
1s
2s
3s
Selections
4s
5s
6s
8s
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 71

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Memory Block
1-3-09
1-3-10
Voice Mail DTMF Duration/Interdigit Time
Function
Voice Mail Disconnect Time Selection
Selection
Default
1.5s
110/80
Time in milliseconds
0.5s
1.0s
1.5s
60/70
110/80
Selections
2.0s
3.0s
3.5s
410/100
610/100
810/190
New Entry
Memory Block
1-3-11
1-3-12
SLT/ISDN TELCO Account Codes Allow/Deny
Function
SLT/PSII Talk Start Timer (R2000 or higher)
Selection (R3000 or higher)
Default
10s
NO
Selections
01~99 sec
NO, YES
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 72
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 00, 01, 02, and 03
1-4-00
Tandem Transfer Automatic Disconnect Time Selection
Specifies maximum time before the system automatically disconnects a Trunk-to-Trunk
connection. Use this Memory Block to conference without using a conference bridge.
1-4-01
Automated Attendant First Digit PBR Release Time Selection
Specifies the time a PBR circuit remains connected after the Automated Attendant
message is played when a calling party calls in through an Automated Attendant trunk.
With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
1-4-02
Automated Attendant Transfer Delayed Ringing Time Selection
Specifies the time that a call is ringing at the destination station before the Automated
Attendant rings a programmed station. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be
adjusted in 1-second intervals.
1-4-03
Automated Attendant No Answer Disconnect Time Selection
Establishes the time an Automated Attendant rings a station before automatically
disconnecting the caller. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in
1-second intervals.

Memory Block
1-4-00
1-4-01
Tandem Transfer Automatic Disconnect Time
Automated Attendant First Digit PBR Release
Function
Selection
Time Selection
Default
060
20s (R2500 or lower) 20s (R3000 or higher)
Time in minutes
R2500 or lower: 5s, 10s, 20s, 30s, 40s, 50s, 60s
Selections
000 = No Limit
001 ~ 999
R3000 or higher: 01s~99s
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4

Memory Block
1-4-02
1-4-03
Automated Attendant Transfer Delayed Ringing
Automated Attendant No Answer Disconnect
Function
Time Selection
Time Selection
(R2500 or lower) 00s ( R3000 or higher)
Default
2m ( R2500 or lower) 120s (R3000 or higher)
R2500 or lower: 10s, 20s, 30s, (No Limit)
R2500 or lower: 1m, 2m, 3m, 4m
Selections
R3000 or higher: 00s (No Limit) and 01s~99s
R3000 or higher: 001s~255s
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 73

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 04, 05, 08, and 09
1-4-04
Tandem Transfer SMDR Print Extension Assignment
Specifies a special number to be output from SMDR to indicate an Automatic
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer.
1-4-05
Automatic Tandem Trunk by Night Mode Selection
Establishes whether or not the Automatic Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer feature follows the Night
Mode assignment.
1-4-08
Automated Attendant PBR Timeout Response Selection
Specifies how a call answered by the Automated Attendant should be processed when a
DTMF tone is not received.
1-4-09
Automated Attendant PBR Start Time Selection
Specifies whether the PBR can receive DTMF signaling while the Automated Attendant is
sending the message or after the message is complete.

Memory Block
1-4-04
1-4-05
Tandem Transfer SMDR Print Extension
Automatic Tandem Trunk by Night Mode
Function
Assignment
Selection
Default
999
NO
2-digit number (00~99)
NO
YS
Selections
3-digit number (000~999)
4-digit number (0000~9999)
New Entry

Memory Block
1-4-08
1-4-09
Automated Attendant PBR Timeout Response
Automated Attendant PBR Start Time Selection
Function
Selection
Default
NORMAL FR
NORMAL
FR = Same time as message
Selections
RELEAS
AF = After message
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 74
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 11 and 12
1-4-11
Automated Attendant Message Day/Night Mode Selection
Specifies whether or not Automated Attendant messages are available for Day/Night Mode
setting.
1-4-12
Automated Attendant Message To Tenant Assignment
Assigns Automated Attendant Message to Tenant.

Memory Block
1-4-11
1-4-12
Automated Attendant Message Day/Night Mode
Automated Attendant Message to Tenant
Function
Selection
Assignment
All Automated Attendant Messages assigned to
Default
NO
Tenant No. 00
Automated Attendant No: 1~8
Selections
YS
NO
Tenant No: 00~47 (maximum of eight)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable selection in each column for Day and Night modes.
1-4-11 Automated Attendant Message No.
Mode
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Day
Night
Enter the Tenant Number assigned to each Automated Attendant Message Number in the applicable
column below.
1-4-12 Automated Attendant Message No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Tenant
No.
(00~47)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 75

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 13
1-4-13
Automated Attendant Answer Delay Time Assignment
Assigns the time, in seconds, before the Automated Attendant answers an incoming
CO/PBX call.
Memory Block
1-4-13
Function
Automated Attendant Answer Delay Time Assignment
Default
04s
A. A. Message = 1~8
Selections
Time = 00~99s
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the time (in seconds) that the Automated Attendant delays answering an incoming CO/PBX call.
Automated Attendant Message No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Time
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 76
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 14
1-4-14
Automated Attendant Message Access Code (1-Digit) Assignment
Specifies a 1-digit code to route an incoming call from the Automated Attendant.

Memory Block
1-4-14
Function
Automated Attendant Message Access Code (1-Digit) Assignment
Dial No.
0
=
030
Specified Station Call (0)
1
=
010
Station Number
Default
2
=
010
Station Number
3
=
010
Station Number
4~9
=
000
Unregistered
A. A. Messages 1~8
Dial No. 0~9
Selections
Function Code 001~053
Refer to the Multiline Terminal Programming chapter in the Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual,
Memory Block 1-4-14 for the Function Code List.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Function Code that corresponds to each Automated Attendant Message Number and Dial
Number.
Automated Attendant Message No.
Dial No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 77

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 15
1-4-15
Automated Attendant Message Access Code (2-Digit) Assignment
Specifies a 2-digit code to route an incoming call from the Automated Attendant.

Memory Block
1-4-15
Function
Automated Attendant Message Access Code (2-Digit) Assignment
Default
Refer to the table below.
A. A. Messages 1~8
Dial No. 0~9
Selections
Function Code 001~053
Refer to the Multiline Terminal Programming chapter in the Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual,
Memory Block 1-4-14 for the Function Code List.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Default
Function
Dial No.
Contents
Code
00~50
030
Specified Station Call (0)
51
011
Bypass Automated Attendant
52
015
Paging Zone A Call
53
016
Paging Zone B Call
54
017
Paging Zone C Call
55~99
000
Unused
Enter the Function Code that corresponds to each Automated Attendant Message Number and Dial
Number.
Automated Attendant Message No.
Dial No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
00
01
02
03
04
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 78
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Automated Attendant Message No.
Dial No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 79

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Automated Attendant Message No.
Dial No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 80
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Automated Attendant Message No.
Dial No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 81

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 16
1-4-16
Automated Attendant Message Repeat Selection
Specifies the number of times a message from the Automated Attendant is repeated.

Memory Block
1-4-16
Function
Automated Attendant Message Repeat Selection
Default
1
1
2
3
4
Selections
5
6
7
8
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the number of times to repeat a message from the Automated Attendant.
Automated Attendant Message No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No. of
Times
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 82
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Transfer/Automated Attendant (LK 4)
No. 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22
1-4-17
Automated Attendant Delay Announcement Hold Tone Selection
Specifies the tone that is sent to the outside party after the Automated Attendant Delay
Announcements are played.
1-4-18
Automated Attendant Delay Announcement Assignment
Specifies the order for the Automated Attendant messages that are played in the Delayed
Announcement Mode.
1-4-19
Automated Attendant 1st to 2nd Delay Announcement Interval Time Selection
Specifies the time between the Automated Attendant Delay Announcement messages.
1-4-20
Automated Attendant Delay Announcement Disconnect Time Selection
Establishes the time the Automated Attendant rings the stations before disconnecting the
caller. This Memory Block only applies when the Automated Attendant is set to the Delay
Announcement Mode.
1-4-21
Automated Attendant Extension Number Assignment
Use this Memory Block to specify the Automated Attendant message that is played when a
DID call is received.
1-4-22
Automated Attendant Direct Extension Ring Assignment
Use this Memory Block to specify the Automated Attendant message that is played for
direct transfer to the extension number.

Memory Block
1-4-17
1-4-18
Automated Attendant Delay Announcement Hold
Automated Attendant Delay Announcement
Function
Tone Selection
Assignment
Default
RBT
NONE
RBT
MOH
NONE
MSG1
MSG2
MSG3
Selections
MSG4
MSG5
MSG6
MSG7
MSG8
New Entry
Refer to the table for 1-4-18 and 1-4-22.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2- 83

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Memory Block
1-4-19
1-4-20
Automated Attendant Delay Announcement
Function
Automated Attendant 1st to 2nd Delay
Announcement Interval Time Selection
Disconnect Time Selection
Default
4m
30s
0s
10s
20s
30s
0s
10s
20s
30s
Selections
1m
2m
3m
4m
1m
2m
3m
4m
5m
10m
20m
5m
10m
20m
New Entry

Memory Block
1-4-21
1-4-22
Automated Attendant Extension Number
Automated Attendant Direct Extension Ring
Function
Assignment
Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Not Specified
2-Digit, 3-Digit, or 4-Digit extension number.
2-Digit, 3-Digit, or 4-Digit extension number.
Selections
AA Msg 1~8
AA Msg 1~8
New Entry
Enter the Second Message number in the column below.
Memory Block 1-4-18
Memory Block 1-4-21
Memory Block 1-4-22
First
Second Message
AA
2-, 3-, or 4-Digit
2-, 3-, or 4-Digit
Message
Number
No.
Station Number
Station Number
Number
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
10
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 84
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
SMDR/LCR (LK 5)
No. 02, 13, 14, 25, and 26
1-5-02
SMDR Print Format
Specifies whether or not all digits are printed. When ALL is specified, all digits are printed.
When MSK is specified, the last four digits are masked and printed as XXXX.
1-5-13
Printer Connected Selection
Specifies when a printer is connected. When the printer is not connected to the system, an
alarm sounds at stations connected to Ports 01 and 02.
1-5-14
Printer Line Feed Control Selection
Specifies the format of the data sent to the SMDR printer. When YS is set, a return is
provided with the call record.
1-5-25
SMDR Valid Call Time Assignment
Assigns the minimum call time before the SMDR outputs a record of the outgoing CO/PBX
call.
1-5-26
SMDR Incoming/Outgoing Print Selection
Specifies the call records to be output from the SMDR: OUT = print outgoing call records
only, INC = print incoming call records only, ALL = print incoming and outgoing call records.

Memory Block
1-5-02
1-5-13
Function
SMDR Print Format
Printer Connected Selection
Default
ALL
NO
Selections
ALL
MSK
NO
CSV Format (PC)
YES
New Entry

Memory Block
1-5-14
1-5-25
Function
Printer Line Feed Control Selection
SMDR Valid Call Time Assignment
Default
YS
040s
Selections
YS
NO
000~990 sec. (in increments of 10)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 85

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Memory Block
1-5-26
Function
SMDR Incoming/Outgoing Print Selection
Default
OUT
ALL = Print incoming and outgoing call records
Selections
OUT = Print outgoing call records only
INC
= Print incoming call records only
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2- 86
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DSS (LK 6)
No. 01 and 03
1-6-01
Attendant Add-On Console to Telephone Port Assignment
Assigns an Attendant Add-On Console to a telephone port number.
1-6-03
DSS Call Voice/Tone Signal Selection
Specifies whether Voice or Tone signaling is to be used first when calling an extension from
an Attendant Add-On Console.

Memory Block
1-6-01
1-6-03
Attendant Add-On Console to Telephone Port
Function
DSS Call Voice/Tone Signal Selection
Assignment
Default
Refer to the table below.
VOICE
Selections
Telephone Port No. 01~C0
TONE
VOICE
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Memory Block 1-6-01
New Entry
Default
DSS No.
(Tel Port No.
Tel. Port No.
01~C0)
1
01
2
02
3
01
4
02
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 87

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
DSS (LK 6)
No. 05
1-6-05
Attendant Add-On Console Key Selection
Assigns functions to the Attendant Add-On Console keys.

Memory Block
1-6-05
Function
Attendant Add-On Console Key Selection
Default
TEL01
Selections
Refer to the Multiline Terminal Programming chapter in the Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual.
Refer to the tables on the following pages. R3000 or higher is required to support Centralized BLF
New Entry
on the DSS Console. The Mail Box key (Page 3, LK2) on the Attendant Add-On Console is used to
support BLF for remote stations across K-CCIS.
Default
DSS No.
Key No.
Setting Data
01
TEL No. 01
02
TEL No. 02

48
TEL No. 48
49
Night Mode Switching
50
Internal Paging Zone A (INT A)
51
Internal Paging Zone B (INT B)
52
Internal Paging Zone B (INT C)
1~4
53
All internal Zone Paging (INT All)
54
Vacant
55
Message Waiting (MSG)
56
External Paging Zone A (INT A)
57
External Paging Zone B (INT B)
58
External Paging Zone C (INT C)
59
External Zone Paging All (EXT ALL)
60
Transfer (TRF)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 88
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Attendant Add-On Console 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 89

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Attendant Add-On Console 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 90
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Attendant Add-On Console 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 91

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Attendant Add-On Console 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 92
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DSS (LK 6)
No. 07
1-6-07
Message Board Lamp Assignment
Assigns mailbox numbers to each Message Display Board.

Memory Block
1-6-07
Function
Message Board Lamp Assignment
Default
NON
Selections
NON
MSG
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Extension Number assigned to each Lamp Number (1~48) on each Message Display Board
(MDB) 1~8.
MDB #1
Extension
MDB #1
Extension
MDB #2
Extension
MDB #2
Extension
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
1
25
1
25
2
26
2
26
3
27
3
27
4
28
4
28
5
29
5
29
6
30
6
30
7
31
7
31
8
32
8
32
9
33
9
33
10
34
10
34
11
35
11
35
12
36
12
36
13
37
13
37
14
38
14
38
15
39
15
39
16
40
16
40
17
41
17
41
18
42
18
42
19
43
19
43
20
44
20
44
21
45
21
45
22
46
22
46
23
47
23
47
24
48
24
48
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 93

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
MDB #3
Extension
MDB #3
Extension
MDB #4
Extension
MDB #4
Extension
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
1
25
1
25
2
26
2
26
3
27
3
27
4
28
4
28
5
29
5
29
6
30
6
30
7
31
7
31
8
32
8
32
9
33
9
33
10
34
10
34
11
35
11
35
12
36
12
36
13
37
13
37
14
38
14
38
15
39
15
39
16
40
16
40
17
41
17
41
18
42
18
42
19
43
19
43
20
44
20
44
21
45
21
45
22
46
22
46
23
47
23
47
24
48
24
48
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 94
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
MDB #5
Extension
MDB #5
Extension
MDB #6
Extension
MDB #6
Extension
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
1
25
1
25
2
26
2
26
3
27
3
27
4
28
4
28
5
29
5
29
6
30
6
30
7
31
7
31
8
32
8
32
9
33
9
33
10
34
10
34
11
35
11
35
12
36
12
36
13
37
13
37
14
38
14
38
15
39
15
39
16
40
16
40
17
41
17
41
18
42
18
42
19
43
19
43
20
44
20
44
21
45
21
45
22
46
22
46
23
47
23
47
24
48
24
48
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 95

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
MDB #7
Extension
MDB #7
Extension
MDB #8
Extension
MDB #8
Extension
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
Lamp No.
No.
1
25
1
25
2
26
2
26
3
27
3
27
4
28
4
28
5
29
5
29
6
30
6
30
7
31
7
31
8
32
8
32
9
33
9
33
10
34
10
34
11
35
11
35
12
36
12
36
13
37
13
37
14
38
14
38
15
39
15
39
16
40
16
40
17
41
17
41
18
42
18
42
19
43
19
43
20
44
20
44
21
45
21
45
22
46
22
46
23
47
23
47
24
48
24
48
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 96
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DSS (LK 6)
No. 08
1-6-08
Attendant Transfer Selection During Live Record
Controls the behavior of the Attendant DSS/BLF transfer while the Attendant is engaged in
Live Record. When YS is selected, the call is transferred to the DSS/BLF extension voice
mailbox. When NO is selected, the Live Record session is addressed to the DSS/BLF
extension without transfer.

Memory Block
1-6-08
Function
Attendant Transfer Selection During Live Record
Default
YS
Selections
NO
YS
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 97

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 98
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ESP (LK 7)
No. 00, 01, 02 and 03
1-7-00
Doorphone Assignment
Enables doorphones in system programming.
1-7-01
Doorphone Display Time Selection
Defines the time a doorphone call signals a station before it times out. With R3000 or
higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
1-7-02
External Speaker Connection Selection
Specifies whether or not external speakers are connected to the system.
1-7-03
External Paging Alert Tone Selection
Specifies whether or not a paging alert tone is sent on External Zone Paging
(all speakers/individual speaker).

Memory Block
1-7-00
1-7-01
Function
Doorphone Assignment
Doorphone Display Time Selection
Default
No (LK1~LK4 = OFF)
10s (R2500 or lower) 10s ( R3000 or higher)
Yes
No
(LK1~LK4 = ON/OFF)
LK1 = DPH1
R2500 or lower: 10s, 30s, 60s, 90s
Selections
LK2 = DPH2
R3000 or higher: 01s~99s
LK3 = DPH3
LK4 = DPH4
New Entry

Memory Block
1-7-02
1-7-03
Function
External Speaker Connection Selection
External Paging Alert Tone Selection
Default
Yes for all speakers
YS
Selections
Yes, LED on No, LED off for each Speaker
YS
NO
Speaker
Selection
Yes
No
New Entry
A
B
C
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 99

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
ESP (LK 7)
No. 04 and 05
1-7-04
Doorphone Ring Pattern Selection
Turns doorphone On/Off or specifies the doorphone ring pattern. Doorphones can be
individually assigned.
1-7-05
Doorphone Ringing Frequency Selection
Defines the doorphone ringing frequency. Doorphones can be individually assigned.

Memory Block
1-7-04
1-7-05
Function
Doorphone Ringing Pattern Selection
Doorphone Ringing Frequency Selection
Default
ON
C
Selections
OFF
ON
Patterns A~H
Frequencies A~H
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Memory Block 1-7-04
Memory Block 1-7-05
Doorphone
Doorphone
Pattern
Frequency
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Tone Off
A
Tone On
B
A
C
B
D
C
E
D
F
E
G
F
H
G
H
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 100
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Doorphone frequency tone selections for Memory Block 1-7-05 are:
The available tones are:
Modulation (16 Hz)
Tone A = (480/600):
Tone B = (480/606):
Modulation (8 Hz)
Tone C = (1024/1285)
Tone D = (1024)
Tone E = (500)
Tone F = (1024/1285):
Modulation (16 Hz)
Modulation (16 Hz)
Tone G = (600/700):
Tone H = (1024)
Envelope 2 sec.
The doorphone ring patterns for Memory Block 1-7-04 are listed in the table below:
s= seconds
0s
Line
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
Pattern
Key
Tone
LK 1
Off
Tone
LK 2
On
A

LK 3
B

LK 4
C

LK 5
D

LK 6
E

LK 7
F

LK 8
LK 1
G
(Pg. 2)
LK 2
H
(Pg. 2)
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 101

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
ESP (LK 7)
No. 06 and 07
1-7-06
External Paging Timeout Selection
Specifies the time allowed for External Paging before timeout and release of the paging
circuit. With R3000 or higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
1-7-07
External Ring Relay Pattern Selection
Assigns one of six distinctive ringing controls/intervals to relay circuits.
Memory Block
1-7-06
1-7-07
Function
External Paging Timeout Selection
External Ring Relay Pattern Selection
Default
5.0m (R2500 or lower) 300s (R3000 or higher)
PT3
R2500 or lower: 0.5m, 1.0m, 1.5m, 2.0m, 3.0m,
Refer to the table below.
Selections
5.0m, 8.0m , (No Limit)
R3000 or higher: 000s (No Limit) and 001~999s
Relay
Pattern
1
_____
New Entry
Station to Timer Class of Service 1~4
2
_____
3
_____
4
_____

Selections Memory Block 1-7-07
s= seconds
Pattern
0s
1s
2s
3s
4s
5s
6s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Continuous
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 102
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ESP (LK 7)
No. 08 and 09
1-7-08
External Speaker Chime Selection
Specifies whether paging alert tone (4 tones) or alert chime sounds before, after, or before
and after the speech path is established.
1-7-09
External Speaker Chime Start Time Selection
Assigns the delay time between when an external paging code is dialed and when the
paging alert tone is provided.

Memory Block
1-7-08
1-7-09
Function
External Speaker Chime Selection
External Speaker Chime Start Time Selection
Default
PRT
700
PRT = Normal Paging Tone Before the Page
Time in milliseconds
C-S = Start Only (4-tone)
000 100 200 300
Selections
C-B = Both Start and End (4-tone chime)
400 500 600 700
800 900
1000
1100
1200 1300 1400 1500
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 103

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
73System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 01, 02, and 04
1-8-01
SLT or Automated Attendant/DISA to CPU PBR Selection
Specifies whether the four PBR circuits in the CPUI( )-U( ) ETU are used for Single Line
Telephones or the Automated Attendant/DISA.
1-8-02
PBR Receive Level Assignment for Automated Attendant/DISA
Specifies the receiving level of the PBR at the Automated Attendant/DISA.
1-8-04
Time Display (12h/24h) Selection
Specifies either a 12-hour (00:00 a.m. to 11:59 a.m., noon to 11:59 p.m.) or 24-hour (00:00
to 23:59) time display.
Memory Block
1-8-01
1-8-02
SLT or Automated Attendant/DISA to CPU PBR
PBR Receive Level Assignment for Automated
Function
Selection
Attendant/DISA
PBR 1
Data 03 (-36.0 dBm)
Default
LKI and LK2 LEDs Off
PBR 2
Data 03 (-36.0 dBm)
Off - Single Line Telephones
Refer to Receiving Level in the table below.
Selections
On - Automated Attendant/DISA
PBR 1 and 2 ________
PBR 1 (Channels 1 and 2)________
New Entry
PBR 3 and 4) ________
PBR 2 (Channels 3 and 4)________
Memory Block
1-8-04
Function
Time Display (12h/24h) Selection
Default
12
Selections
12 24
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 105

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Setting Data - Memory Block 1-8-02
Setting Data
Receiving Level
Setting Data
Receiving Level
00
-33.0 dBm
08
-41.0 dBm
01
-34.0 dBm
09
-42.0 dBm
02
-35.0 dBm
10
-43.0 dBm
03
-36.0 dBm
11
-44.0 dBm
04
-37.0 dBm
12
-45.0 dBm
05
-38.0 dBm
13
-46.0 dBm
06
-39.0 dBm
14
-47.0 dBm
07
-40.0 dBm
15
-48.0 dBm
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 106
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 07
1-8-07
Class of Service (Attendant) Feature Selection 1
Specifies whether to allow or deny specific attendant features for each Class of Service.
Memory Block
1-8-07
Function
Class of Service (Attendant) Feature Selection 1
Default
Refer to the table below and on the next page.
Selections
Refer to the table below and on the next page.
New Entry
Refer to the table below and on the next page.
Enter A to allow or D to deny each feature and Class of Service combination.
Page 1
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 1
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
LK 1
Night Mode Switching (System-Wide)
Allow
Deny
LK 2
Night Mode Switching (Tenant)
Allow
Deny
LK 3
System Speed Dial Programming
Allow
Deny
LK 4
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 5
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 6
Not Used
N/A
N/A
Automatic Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer (Set/Reset)
LK 7
Allow
Deny
and Programming of Outgoing Numbers
LK 8
Automated Attendant/DISA Mode (Set/Reset)
Allow
Deny
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 107

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Page 2
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 2
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
Timed Alarm (Set/Reset) for Single Line
LK 1
Allow
Deny
Telephones (From Attendant)
·
Call Forward All Call (Set/Reset) from
Destination Station
LK 2
·
Call forward CAR keys
Allow
Deny
·
Call Forward All Call Set
·
Call Forward Busy/No Answer Set
System-Wide Reset of Timed Alarm, Call Forward
LK 3
All Calls, Do Not Disturb, Customized Message,
Deny
Deny
and Callback Request
Cancel Station Lockout and Default Password for
LK 4
Allow
Deny
another Station
LK 5
DISA Password Cancel
Allow
Deny
LK 6
DISA Password Confirmation
Allow
Deny
Automated Attendant Weekend Mode (Set/Reset)
LK 7
Allow
Deny
Tenant
Forced Account Code/Authorization Code
LK 8
Allow
Deny
Programming
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 108
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Page 3
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 3
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
LK 1
Terminal Exchange Mode Set
Allow
Deny
CO VM Callback Telephone Number
LK 2
Allow
Deny
Programming (R2000 or higher)
LK 3
Not Used
LK 4
Not Used
LK 5
Not Used
LK 6
Not Used
LK 7
Not Used
LK 8
Not Used
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 109

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 08
1-8-08
Class of Service (Station) Feature Selection 2
Allows or denies specific station features for each Class of Service. When individual
stations are assigned, the station user can access only the features designated Allow.
Memory Block
1-8-08
Function
Class of Service (Station) Feature Selection 2
Default
Refer to the table below and on the next page.
Selections
Refer to the table below and on the next page.
New Entry
Refer to the table below and on the next page.
Enter A to Allow or D to deny each feature and Class of Service combination.
Page 1
CO/PBX
Class
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 1
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
Set Call Forward All Call, Do Not Disturb (DND),
LK 1
Allow
Deny
Break Mode
LK 2
Trunk Queuing
Allow
Deny
LK 3
Automatic Callback
Allow
Deny
Barge-In Originate on a CO/PBX Line (Calling
LK 4
Deny
Deny
Party)
LK 5
Barge-In Receive (Called Party)
Allow
Deny
LK 6
Timed Alarm (Set/Cancel) From SLT
Allow
Deny
LK 7
General Purpose Relay
Allow
Deny
LK 8
Voice Override/Tone Override Originate
Allow
Deny
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 110
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Page 2
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 2
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
LK 1
Absence Message
Allow
Deny
LK 2
Callback Request Originate
Allow
Deny
LK 3
Station Outgoing Lockout (Set/Cancel)
Allow
Deny
LK 4
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 5
Call Forward Busy/No Answer Set
Allow
Deny
LK 6
VRS Voice Message Record/Verify/Erase
Allow
Deny
LK 7
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 8
DISA Password Set
Allow
Deny
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 111

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Page 3
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 3
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
LK 1
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 2
User Ringing Line Preference Set/Reset
Allow
Deny
LK 3
Voice/Tone Override/Camp-On Receive
Allow
Deny
LK 4
LCR/ARS Bypass (Trunk Groups 02~32)
Deny
Deny
LK 5
Station Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Deny
Deny
LK 6
Account Code Entry
Deny
Deny
LK 7
Digit Restriction Time Selection
Allow
Allow
LK 8
Call Alert Notification for DIT and DID
Allow
Deny
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 112
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Page 4
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 4
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
LK 1
LCR/ARS Recall
Allow
Deny
LK 2
DSS Key Transfer Operation
Deny
Deny
LK 3
ANI/Caller ID
Deny
Deny
ANI/Caller ID Number/Name Selection
When deny is set, Name is displayed When name
LK 4
and number are received.
Deny
Deny
When allow is set, Number is displayed When
name and number are received.
Manual Live Record Activate
LK 5
Deny
Deny
(Memory Block 1-8-26 must be set.)
Auto Live Record Activate (LK5 must be on and
LK 6
Deny
Deny
Memory Block 1-8-26 must be set.)
LK 7
BGM Selection
Allow
Deny
LK 8
Unsupervised Conference
Deny
Deny
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 113

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Page 5
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 5
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
LK 1
Forced Account Code /Authorization Code
Deny
Deny
LK 2
Group Listening Selection
Deny
Deny
LK 3
Station Relocation
Allow
Deny
Set Call Forward Off -Premise
LK 4
Deny
Deny
(Related to Page 1 LK1 and Page 2 LK5)
LK 5
Pre-set Dialing (Allow/Deny)
Deny
Deny
LK 6
Live Monitoring
Deny
Deny
Caller ID Display Selection
LK 7
When allow is set, Caller ID Name and Number
Deny
Deny
display at the same time.
LK 8
Not Used
N/A
N/A
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 114
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Page 6
Class
CO/PBX
Line Key
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
LK 1
LK 2
LK 3
LK 4
LK 5
LK 6
LK 7
LK 8
Page 6
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
LK 1
ARS Overflow
Deny
Deny
LK 2
Voice Mail message Indication on Line keys
Deny
Deny
Unverified for Forced Account Code/Authorization
LK 3
Deny
Deny
Code
LK 4
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 5
Caller ID for K-CCIS
Allow
Deny
LK 6
Call Monitor Originate (R2000 or higher)
Deny
Deny
LK 7
Call Monitor Receive (R2000 or higher)
Allow
Deny
Save Caller ID Missed Call Information
LK 8
(R3000 or higher)
Deny
Deny
(Version 6.10 MIFM or higher)
Page 7
Corresponding
Default
Default
Function Name
CO/PBX Line Key
Class 00
Class 01~15
Send Caller ID Information to SLT
LK 1
Deny
Deny
(R3000 or higher)
LK 2
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 3
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 4
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 5
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 6
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 7
Not Used
N/A
N/A
LK 8
Not Used
N/A
N/A
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 115

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 09, 10, 11, and 12
1-8-09
Music On Hold Pattern Selection
Specifies the Music on Hold pattern.

The internal Music on Hold source for CPUI( )-U10 ETU Lot3XXX or higher and CPUI( )-U20
has the following tones:
A
Hold Tone (default)
B
American Folk Song Medley
1-8-10
PBR Interdigit Release Time Selection
Specifies the interdigit release time for the PBR.
1-8-11
System Refresh Time Assignment
Assigns the System Refresh Time during idle periods.
1-8-12
VRS Message Recording Time Selection
Specifies the time and number of messages for each of the eight VRS channels.
Memory Block
1-8-09
1-8-10
Function
Music On Hold Pattern Selection
PBR Interdigit Release Time Selection
Default
A
7s
A = American Folk Song Medley
3s
4s
5s
6s
Selections
B = Christmas Song Medley
7s
8s
9s
10s
New Entry
Memory Block
1-8-11
1-8-12
Function
System Refresh Time Assignment
VRS Message Recording Time Selection
15s x 16
Default
4H
Recording Time
Number Of Messages
15s
16
Selections
NON
4H
8H
12H 24H
30s
8
60s
4
120s
2
Refer to Memory Block 1-8-12 table on the next
New Entry
page.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 116
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block 1-8-12
VRS
Recording Time/Number of Messages
Channel
1
/
2
/
3
/
4
/
5
/
6
/
7
/
8
/
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 117

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 13
1-8-13
VRS Message Function Assignment
Assigns the recorded voice prompt Delay Announcement/Automated Attendant Message to
the VRS Message number.

Memory Block
1-8-13
Function
VRS Message Function Assignment
Default
All Channels: NON
Selections
Refer to the table below.
New Entry
Refer to the table on the next page.
Page 1
Page 2
Line Key
Message
Line Key
Message
1
NON (No Message)
1
D1 (Day Auto Attendant)
2
V1 (Voice Prompt)
2
D2 (Day Auto Attendant)
3
V2 (Voice Prompt)
3
D3 (Day Auto Attendant)
4
M1 (Delay Message)
4
D4 (Day Auto Attendant)
5
M2 (Delay Message)
5
D5 (Day Auto Attendant)
6
Not Used
6
D6 (Day Auto Attendant)
7
Not Used
7
D7 (Day Auto Attendant)
8
Not Used
8
D8 (Day Auto Attendant)
Page 3
Page 4
Line Key
Message
Line Key
Message
1
N1 (Night Auto Attendant)
1
W1 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
2
N2 (Night Auto Attendant)
2
W2 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
3
N3 (Night Auto Attendant)
3
W3 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
4
N4 (Night Auto Attendant)
4
W4 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
5
N5 (Night Auto Attendant)
5
W5 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
6
N6 (Night Auto Attendant)
6
W6 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
7
N7 (Night Auto Attendant)
7
W7 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
8
N8 (Night Auto Attendant)
8
W8 (Weekend Auto Attendant)
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 118
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter the line key and page number to assign message type for each available Message Block No.
and Channel number.
Message
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
Channel
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 119

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 15
1-8-15
Tone Assignment
Assigns each system tone to the flexible tables.
Memory Block
1-8-15
Function
Tone Assignment
Default
A
Selections
Refer to the table on the next page.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Tone Selection.
LCD
Tone
Table No.
Tone
Default
Indication
Selection
00
ICM Dial Tone
DT
A
01
Second Dial Tone
2DT
B
02
Special Dial Tone

SPDT
C
03
Busy Tone
BT
D
04
Reorder/Error Tone
ROT
E
05
Howler Tone
HWT
F
06
Service Set Tone
SST
G
07
ICM Ringback Tone
RBT1
I
08
Tie/DID Ringback Tone
RBT2
H
09
Call Waiting Tone
CWT
J
10
LCR Dial Tone
SDTT
K
11
Tone Burst 1
TB1
G
12
Tone Burst 2
TB2
K
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 120
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

Selections - Tone Table
Tone
Frequency
Intermit
Cycle
A
350/440
Continuous
120 IPM
B
350/440
0.25 On, 0.25 Off
240 IPM
C
440
0.125 On, 0.125 Off
60 IPM
D
480/620
0.5 On, 0.5 Off
E
480/620
120 IPM
2400
F
16
Continuous
Modulation
G
440
Continuous
2 sec On
H
440/480
4 sec Off
1 sec On
I
440/480
2 sec Off
J
440
60 IPM
K
400
Continuous
L
800
60 IPM
M
No Tone
Continuous
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 121

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 16, 17, 18, and 25
1-8-16
Voice Prompt to Tone Assignment
Assigns the voice prompt to each tone. Voice prompt is provided only during Internal Dial
Tone or Call Waiting tone.
1-8-17
PC Programming Password Assignment
Assigns system passwords that must be entered when connecting to the system using SAT
PC Programming.
1-8-18
Site Name Assignment
Specifies a site name for PC Programming software to use to program the system.
1-8-25
ACD/UCD Group Agent Assignment
Specifies the Agent Station Number and the ACD/UCD Group number where each agent is
assigned.
Memory Block
1-8-16
1-8-17
Function
Voice Prompt to Tone Assignment
PC Programming Password Assignment
Default
Table 1 = DT
Class 1 = Blank
Use 0~9 to enter data
Table 1 PR1 = DT (Dial Tone)
Selections
Class 1 = maximum 8 digits (Technician Mode)
Table 2 PR2 = CWT (Call Waiting Tone)
Class 2 = maximum 8 digits (End User Mode)
PR1 =
Class 1 =
New Entry
PR2 =
Class 2 =
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 122
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
1-8-18
1-8-25
Function
Site Name Assignment
ACD/UCD Group Agent Assignment
Default
No Assignment
Not Specified
Maximum of eight characters
Agent No. 1~32
Refer to Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual,
ACD or UCD Group 1~4
Appendix B Character Codes.
Station No. 10~8999
Selections
2-digit (10~89)

Stored characters can be entered on
3-digit (100~899)
the dial pad.
4-digit (1000~8999)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the ACD/UCD group that is applicable for Memory Block 1-8-25.
Group Pilot
Group Pilot
Agent
Agent
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 123

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 26 and 27
1-8-26
Voice Mail Quick Transfer Master Hunt Number
Specifies a Voice Mail Master Hunt Number to operate Quick Transfer to voice mail. This
memory block also enables the voice mail display in the LCD of a Multiline Terminal when a
voice mail machine sets a message. R2500 or higher is required to assign a 5-, 6-, or
7-digit Master Hunt Number.
1-8-27
Forced Account Code/Authorization Code Length Assignment
Specifies the number of digits for the Forced Account Code/Authorization Code.
Memory Block
1-8-26
1-8-27
Forced Account Code/Authorization Code Length
Function
Voice Mail Quick Transfer Master Hunt Number
Assignment
Default
000 (Not Specified)
10DGT
Station No. 10~8999
2-digit (10~89)
3-digit (100~899)
Selections
4-digit (1000~8999)
01~13DGT
5-digit (X-0000~9999)
6-digit (XX-0000~9999)
7-digit (XXX-0000~9999)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 124
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 29 and 30
1-8-29
SCD (Simplified Call Distribution) Pilot Number Assignment
Specifies the SCD Pilot number for each of the four groups. Any valid unused station
number can be used.
1-8-30
SCD Group Agent Assignment
Assigns stations to one of four simplified call distribution groups. A total of 32 stations can
be assigned.
Memory Block
1-8-29
1-8-30
SCD (Simplified Call Distribution) Pilot Number
SCD Group Agent Assignment
Function
Assignment
Default
Not Assigned
Groups 1~4 Not Assigned
2-digit (10~89)
Selections
3-digit (100~899)
1~32 Agent Station numbers (1~4 digits)
4-digit (1000~8999) Group 1~4
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
MB 1-8-29
Group Pilot
Group Pilot
SCD
1-8-30
1-8-30
Pilot
Group
Agent
Agent
Number
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Group 1
1
17
Group 2
2
18
Group 3
3
19
Group 4
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 125

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 31, 32, and 33
1-8-31
Hold Tone Source Assignment
Assigns an internal or external Music-on-Hold source.
1-8-32
Hold Internal Tone Volume Selection
Used to pad the music by -6 dB when the internal Music-on-Hold source is used.
1-8-33
Master Clock Selection
When a DTI-U( ) ETU (T1), PRT(1)-U( ) ETU, or BRT(4)-U( ) ETU is installed, clocking must
be synchronized. When this memory block is set at default, the system is set to be a
Master Clock source. Programming this memory block defines the system as a slave from
its connected source.

When the master clock selection is changed, press the Reset Switch on the CPU to
synchronize clocking again.
Memory Block
1-8-31
1-8-32
Function
Hold Tone Source Assignment
Hold Internal Tone Volume Selection
Default
INT
0 dB
Selections
INT
EXT
0 dB, -6 dB
New Entry
Memory Block
1-8-33
Function
Master Clock Selection
Default
Cabinet 0 (Master System)
Selections
Cabinets 1~3, Slots 1~8
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 126
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 35, 36, and 37
1-8-35
COM Port Baud Rate Setting Assignment
Defines the baud rates for individual COM ports.
1-8-36
COM Port Parity/Stop Bit Setting Assignment
Defines the Parity and Stop bit for the individual COM ports.
1-8-37
General Purpose Relay Assignment
Specifies whether or not the General Purpose Relays on the ECR-U( ) ETU are used.
Memory Block
1-8-35
1-8-36
Function
COM Port Baud Rate Setting Assignment
COM Port Parity/Stop Bit Setting Assignment
COM 1
COM 2
COM 3
COM 4
COM 1
COM 2
COM 3
COM 4
Default
4.8 kbps
38.4k bps
4.8k bps
(Not
9.6k bps
NON/1
NON/1
NON/1
NON/1
Used)
Selections
4.8k bps
9.6k bps
19.2k bps 38.4k bps
NON/1
NON/2
EVEN/1
ODD/1
New Entry
Memory Block
1-8-37
Function
General Purpose Relay Assignment
Default
NO (Relay 0 and 1)
Selections
NO
YS
New Entry
Relay 0
Relay 1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 127

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 38 and 40
1-8-38
Modem Number For Remote Programming Assignment
Assigns the extension number for the socket modem on the MIFM-U( ) ETU.
1-8-40
ACD Hunt Time
Assigns the time for hunting among ACD/UCD agents that do not answer an ACD/UCD
call.
Memory Block
1-8-38
1-8-40
Modem Number For Remote Programming
ACD Hunt Time
Function
Assignment
Default
Not assigned
10s
Unused Extension in the numbering plan
10s
20s
30s
60s
Selections
120s
240s
( No Limit)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 128
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
PBR/Misc. (LK 8)
No. 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, and 49
1-8-43
Enhanced 911 Trunk Assignment
The Electra Elite IPK supports Enhanced 911 by defining an available loop-start trunk as a
CAMA or ISDN PRI trunk. When a user dials 911, the system seizes the E911 trunk and
sends additional digits (CESID) to enable the PSAP center to recognize the callback phone
number. The E911 trunk must be connected to a COI(4)/(8)-U( ), COID(4)/(8)-U( ),
COIB(4)-U( ), or COIB(8)-U( ) ETU loop start port and assigned to the system. CAMA trunk
support is provided on COIB(4)-U20 port 3 or COIB(8)-U10 ports 3 and 7 only. Other COI
ETUs support CAMA trunks on all ports.
When the system is installed at a K-CCIS Remote Office, the Trunk Group or Route
Advance Block that connects to the Main Office is assigned. R2000 or higher is required
to select a Trunk Group or Route Advance Block.
1-8-44
Enhanced 911 Alternate Route Assignment
Specifies the trunk route or route advance block to be seized when the E911 trunk is busy.
This Memory Block is normally left unassigned.
1-8-45
Enhanced 911 Alternate Route Assignment (Maintenance Busy)
Specifies the trunk route or route advance block to be seized when the E911 trunk is in
maintenance busy or trouble out of service.
1-8-46
Enhanced 911 Dialing Digit Assignment
Specifies the number of digits to be sent when a call is originated using Enhanced 911 (911
is dialed). R2000 or higher is required to assign 9911.
1-8-47
Call Arrival Key Voice Mail Message Notification Assignment
Assigns the Call Arrival Key used to send Voice Mail message notification to other systems.
1-8-48
Automatic Daylight Saving Time Selection
Allows or denies automatic adjustment of Daylight Saving Time.
1-8-49
New AA-Info Yes/NO Selection
Specifies whether or not New AA-Info is allowed. New Application-to-Application (AA) Info
is used with internal Voice Mail Systems (i.e., CMS, FMS, or VMS ETU). For external
digital Voice Mail systems and VP/CTI systems, this Memory Block must be set to NO
(R2000 or higher).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 129

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Memory Block
1-8-43
1-8-44
Enhanced 911 Trunk Assignment/Trunk Group/
Function
Enhanced 911 Alternate Route Assignment
Route Advance Block
Default
Not assigned
Not assigned (use not recommended)
Any trunk group (01~32) or route advance block
Selections
Any available analog loop start trunk (01~64)
(01~32)
New Entry
Memory Block
1-8-45
1-8-46
Enhanced 911 Alternate Route Assignment
Function
Enhanced 911 Dialing Digit Assignment
(Maintenance Busy)
Default
101 for trunk group 01
911
Any trunk group (101~132) or route advance
Selections
1
11
911
9911
block (201~232)
New Entry

Memory Block
1-8-47
1-8-48
Call Arrival Key Voice Mail Message Notification
Function
Automatic Daylight Saving Time Selection
Assignment
Default
Not specified
YS
Selections
2-Digit, 3-Digit, or 4-Digit CAR
YS, NO
New Entry

Memory Block
1-8-49
Function
New AA-Info Yes/No Selection
Default
YS
Selections
NO, YS
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 130
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DISA (LK 9)
No. 00
1-9-00
DISA ID Code Assignment
Specifies the DISA ID Code numbers.
Memory Block
1-9-00
Function
DISA ID Code Assignment
When DISA ID Code is assigned as 2-digit:
ID Buffer No. 01~10 = DISA ID Code 10
ID Buffer No. 11~20 = DISA ID Code 11
Thru
Default
ID Buffer No. B1~C0 = DISA ID Code 21
When DISA ID Code is assigned as 3-digit:
ID Buffer No. 01~CO = DISA ID Code 100~219
When DISA ID Code is assigned as 4-digit:
ID Buffer No. 01~C0 = DISA ID Code 1000 and in 10s increments to 2190.
2-digit (00~99)
[00 = No Data]
Selections
3-digit (000~999)
[000 = No Data]
4 digit (0000~9999)
[0000 = No Data]
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Buffer
DISA ID
Buffer
DISA ID
Buffer
DISA ID
Buffer
DISA ID
No.
Code
No.
Code
No.
Code
No.
Code
01
16
31
46
02
17
32
47
03
18
33
48
04
19
34
49
05
20
35
50
06
21
36
51
07
22
37
52
08
23
38
53
09
24
39
54
10
25
40
55
11
26
41
56
12
27
42
57
13
28
43
58
14
29
44
59
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 131

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Buffer
DISA ID
Buffer
DISA ID
Buffer
DISA ID
Buffer
DISA ID
No.
Code
No.
Code
No.
Code
No.
Code
15
30
45
60
61
76
91
A6
62
77
92
A7
63
78
93
A8
64
79
94
A9
65
80
95
B0
66
81
96
B1
67
82
97
B2
68
83
98
B3
69
84
99
B4
70
85
A0
B5
71
86
A1
B6
72
87
A2
B7
73
88
A3
B8
74
89
A4
B9
75
90
A5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 132
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DISA (LK 9)
No. 02
1-9-02
DISA Password Effect/Invalid Selection
Specifies whether or not the DISA Password is valid. When NO is assigned, the calling
party can use the DISA feature without a DISA Password.
Memory Block
1-9-02
Function
DISA Password Effect/Invalid Selection
Default
YS
NO
=
DISA Password Invalid
Selections
YS
=
DISA Password in Effect (By ID Buffer 01~C0)
New Entry
State whether the ID Buffer Number is valid or invalid.
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
No.
(No)
(Yes)
No.
(No)
(Yes)
No.
(No)
(Yes)
No.
(No)
(Yes)
01
20
39
58
02
21
40
59
03
22
41
60
04
23
42
61
05
24
43
62
06
25
44
63
07
26
45
64
08
27
46
65
09
28
47
66
10
29
48
67
11
30
49
68
12
31
50
69
13
32
51
70
14
33
52
71
15
34
53
72
16
35
54
73
17
36
55
74
18
37
56
75
19
38
57
76
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 133

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
Buffer
Invalid
Valid
No.
(No)
(Yes)
No.
(No)
(Yes)
No.
(No)
(Yes)
No.
(No)
(Yes)
77
88
99
B0
78
89
A0
B1
79
90
A1
B2
80
91
A2
B3
81
92
A3
B4
82
93
A4
B5
83
94
A5
B6
84
95
A6
B7
85
96
A7
B8
86
97
A8
B9
87
98
A9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 134
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 00
1-10-00
Call by Call Type of Network ID Assignment
Specifies the type of network ID (TNI) for each Route Advance Block (RAB). This setting
data is sent to the TNI field of the Network Specified Facility-Information Element (NSF-IE)
when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-00
Function
Call by Call Type of Network ID Assignment
Default
2 (All RABs)
0, 1
Reserved (Not Used)
Selections
2
National Network Identification
3 - 7
Reserved (Not Used)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 135

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 01
1-10-01
Call by Call ID Plan Assignment
Use this Memory Block to set the Network ID Plan (NIP) for each Route Advance Block.
This setting data is sent in the NIP field of the Network Specified Facility-Information
Element (NSF-IE) when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-01
Function
Call by Call ID Plan Assignment
Default
01 (All RABs)
00
Reserved (Not Used)
Selections
01
Interexchange Carrier Code
02 ~ 15
Reserved (Not Used)
New Entry
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 136
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 02
1-10-02
Call by Call Type of Number Assignment
Use this Memory Block to set the Type of Number (TN) for each Route Advance Block. This
setting data is sent in the TN field of the Called Party Number-Information Element
(CPN-IE) when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-02
Function
Call by Call Type of Number Assignment
Default
0 (All RABs)
0
Unknown
1
International Number
2
National
Selections
3
Network Specific Number
4
Subscriber (or Local Number)
5 ~ 7
Not Used
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 137

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 03
1-10-03
Call by Call Numbering Plan ID Assignment
Use this Memory Block to set the Numbering Plan Identification (NPI) for each Route
Advance Block. This setting data is sent in the NPI field of the Called Party
Number-Information Element (CPN-IE) when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-03
Function
Call by Call Numbering Plan ID Assignment
Default
00 (All RABs)
00
Unknown
0
ISDN/Telephony Numbering Plan
02
Reserved (Not Used)
Selections
03
Data Numbering Plan (Future)
04 ~ 08
Not Used
09
Private Numbering Plan
10 ~ 15
Not Used
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 138
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 04
1-10-04
Call by Call Network ID Assignment
Use this Memory Block to set the Call by Call Network ID (NID) for each Route Advance
Block. This setting data is sent in the NID field of the Carrier Identification Code-Information
Element (CIC-IE) when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-04
Function
Call by Call Network ID Assignment
Default
All RABs not specified
Selections
Valid NID
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 139

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 05
1-10-05
Call by Call Facility Coding Value Assignment (Service)
Use this Memory Block to set the Call by Call Facility Coding Value for each Route
Advance Block. This setting data is sent in the Facility Coding Value field of the Network
Specified Facility-Information Element (NSF-IE) when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-05
Function
Call by Call Facility Coding Value Assignment (Service)
Default
All RABs none (00)
PRT SW1 Setting
Setting Data
Meaning
00
Non-CBC RAB (None)
01
SDN (Software Defined Network)
02
MEGACOM800
5ESS & 4ESS
03
MEGACOM
(AT&T)
06
ACCUNET (Future)
08
International 800
16
AT&T Multiquest (900 Service)
Selections
17
INWATS
N1-2
18
OUTWATS
(NORTEL)
19
Foreign Exchange (FX)
20
Tie Trunk (TIE)
01
Private
02
INWATS
DMS 100
03
OUTWATS
(NORTEL)
04
Foreign Exchange (FX)
05
Tie Trunk (TIE)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 140
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 141

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 06
1-10-06
Call by Call Facility Coding Value Assignment (Feature)
Use this Memory Block to set the Call by Call Facility Coding Value for each Route
Advance Block. This setting data is sent in the Facility Coding Value field of the Network
Specified Facility-Information Element (NSF-IE) when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-06
Function
Call by Call Facility Coding Value Assignment (Feature)
Default
00 (All RABs)
PRT SW1 Setting
00
Non-CBC Route Advance Block (None)
01~04
Reserved (Not Used)
Selections
5ESS (AT&T)
05
Operator (Local Exchange)
5ESS (AT&T)
06
Operator (Default - Common Carrier)
07~31
Reserved (Not Used)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 142
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 07
1-10-07
Call by Call Service Parameter Assignment
This Memory Block specifies the Service Parameters for each RAB. This identification
number is assigned when subscribing with the carrier for the different services desired.
The Setting Data is sent to the Service Parameters in the Network Specified Facility
Information Element (NSF-IE) when making outgoing calls.
Memory Block
1-10-07
Function
Call by Call Service Parameter Assignment
Default
0 - 000 (All RABs)
Setting Data 1 = 0 or 1
Selections
Setting Data 2 = 000~127
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Entry
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
1
3
4
5
Entry
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
2
3
4
5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 143

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
3
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
4
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
5
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
6
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
7
3
4
5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 144
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
8
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
9
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
10
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
11
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
12
3
4
5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 145

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
13
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
14
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
15
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
16
3
4
5

Entry
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
17
3
4
5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 146
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Entry
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
18
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
19
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
20
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
21
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
22
3
4
5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 147

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
23
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
24
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
25
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
26
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
27
3
4
5
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 148
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
28
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
29
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
30
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
31
3
4
5
Setting Data 1
Setting Data 2
ENTRY
0 or 1
000~127
1
RAB
2
32
3
4
5
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 149

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 08
1-10-08
Call by Call Max Digit Assignment
Specifies maximum Digits dialed for each Route Advance Block (RAB). When user dials
the specified digits, the main software sends SETUP information to the network.
Memory Block
1-10-08
Function
Call by Call Max Digit Assignment
Default
00 for All RABs
Selections
00 (No Limit) or 01~24 digits
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32

___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 150
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 09
1-10-09
Call by Call Simulated Facility Group Assignment
A Call by Call Simulated Facility Group (SFG) must be specified for each Route Advance
Block.
Memory Block
1-10-09
Function
Call by Call Simulated Facility Group Assignment
Default
00 for All RABs
Selections
00 (No Limit) or 01~32
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 151

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 20
1-10-20
Call by Call Outgoing SFG Assignment
Specifies the outgoing call service assignment for a Simulated Facility Group (SFG).
Memory Block
1-10-20
Function
Call by Call Outgoing SFG Assignment
Default
All SFGs: 99
01 ~ 16
For Electra Elite IPK Basic Port Package
Selections
01 ~ 64
For Electra Elite IPK Expanded Port Package
99
Default for all Simulated Facility Groups (SFGs)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 152
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 21
1-10-21
Call by Call Outgoing/Incoming SFG Assignment
Specifies the outgoing/incoming call service assignment for each Simulated Facility Group
(SFG).
Memory Block
1-10-21
Function
Call by Call Outgoing/Incoming SFG Assignment
Default
All SFGs: 99
01 ~ 16
For Electra Elite IPK Basic Port Package
Selections
01 ~ 64
For Electra Elite IPK Expanded Port Package
99
Default for all Simulated Facility Groups (SFGs)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32

___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 153

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
Call By Call Type (LK 10)
No. 22
1-10-22
Call by Call Incoming Type Selection
Specifies the trunk for each Simulated Facility Group (SFG). When the Electra Elite IPK
receives Call by Call Incoming, this system data is used instead of that provided by Memory
Block 3-91 (Trunk Type Selection).
Memory Block
1-10-22
Function
Call by Call Incoming Type Selection
Default
DID
Selections
CO DID
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the setting data for each Route Advance Block.
Route Advance
Route Advance
Setting Data
Setting Data
Block No.
Block No.
1
17
2
18
3
19
4
20
5
21
6
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32

___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 154
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DTI (LK 11)
No. 00, 01, 02, and 03
1-11-00
T1 Signal Format Selection
Specifies the signal format of the T1 trunk connected to the system. The signal format used
(12- or 24-Multiframe) depends on the CSU/D mark equipment being used.
1-11-01
Clear Channel Selection
Specifies the clear channel selection.
1-11-02
Line Length Selection
Specifies the distance between the CSU/D-mark and the DTI-U( ) ETU. This specifies the
equalization values of the detect signal in the DTI-U( ) ETU.
1-11-03
IP K-CCIS Selection
Assigns the IAD(8)-U( ) used for K-CCIS over IP (R1500 or higher).
Memory Block
1-11-00
1-11-01
Function
T1 Signal Format Selection
Clear Channel Selection
Default
24 (ESF)
ZCS
Selections
12 (SF)
24 (ESF)
ZCS B8ZS
New Entry
Memory Block
1-11-02
1-11-03
Function
Line Length Selection
IP K-CCIS Selection
Default
1
NO
1
0~131 feet
2
132~262 feet
Selections
3
263~393 feet
NO, YS
4
394~524 feet
5
525~655 feet
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 155

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Mode (LK1)
DTI (LK 11)
No. 05
1-11-05
T1 Channel Selection
Specifies the DTI channel numbers for T1. DTI -30 ETUs 1 and 2 have a maximum of 24
channels each and DTI-30 ETU 3 has a maximum of 16 channels.
Memory Block
1-11-05
Function
T1 Channel Selection
DTI No. 1 Channel 01~24
Off (Not Assigned)
Default
DTI No. 2 Channel 25~48
Off (Not Assigned)
DTI No. 3 Channel 49~64
Off (Not Assigned)
Selections
Refer to the table below.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for each Channel Number.
DTI No. 1 Page 1
DTI No. 1 Page 2
DTI No. 1 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 156
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

DTI No. 2 Page 1
DTI No. 2 Page 2
DTI No. 2 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24

DTI No. 3 Page 1
DTI No. 3 Page 2
DTI No. 3 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 157

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

DTI No. 4 Page 1
DTI No. 4 Page 2
DTI No. 4 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24

DTI No. 5 Page 1
DTI No. 5 Page 2
DTI No. 5 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 158
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

DTI No. 6 Page 1
DTI No. 6 Page 2
DTI No. 6 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24

DTI No. 7 Page 1
DTI No. 7 Page 2
DTI No. 7 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 159

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

DTI No. 8 Page 1
DTI No. 8 Page 2
DTI No. 8 Page 3
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
CO/
T1 Selection
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
PBX
Channel
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Key
Key
Key

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 160
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DTI (LK 11)
No. 06
1-11-06
Signaling Selection
Specifies Loop-Start/Ground-Start Trunk signaling when using a T1.
Memory Block
1-11-06
Function
Signaling Selection
Default
LS
Selections
LS (Loop Start)
GS (Ground Start)
New Entry
Refer to the table on the following page.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 161

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Enter LS (Loop Start) or GS (Ground Start) for each Channel No.
DTI No. 1
DTI No. 2
DTI No. 3
Channel
Channel
Channel
Data
Data
Data
No.
No.
No.
01
01
01
02
02
02
03
03
03
04
04
04
05
05
05
06
06
06
07
07
07
08
08
08
09
09
09
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
24
24
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 162
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

DTI No. 4
DTI No. 5
DTI No. 6
Channel
Channel
Channel
Data
Data
Data
No.
No.
No.
01
01
01
02
02
02
03
03
03
04
04
04
05
05
05
06
06
06
07
07
07
08
08
08
09
09
09
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
24
24
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 163

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

DTI No. 7
DTI No. 8
Channel
Channel
Data
Data
No.
No.
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
24
24
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 164
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DTI (LK 11)
No. 07
1-11-07
DTI Trunk Type Assignment
Specifies the trunk type (CO/E&M Tie line/DID/ANI) four channels at a time. Assignment to
an individual channel is impossible.
Memory Block
1-11-07
Function
DTI Trunk Type Assignment
Default
CO
Selections
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column to indicate Trunk type for each DTI.
DTI No. 1
DTI No. 2
Trunk Type
Trunk Type
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 165

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
DTI No. 3
DTI No. 4
Trunk Type
Trunk Type
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24
DTI No. 5
DTI No. 6
Trunk Type
Trunk Type
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24
DTI No. 7
DTI No. 8
Trunk Type
Trunk Type
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
CO
E&M
DID
ANI
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 166
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
DTI (LK 11)
No. 08
1-11-08
Digits Delete for T1 ANI Assignment
Used to delete the information digits received from the network on Feature Group D trunks.
Memory Block
1-11-08
Function
Digits Delete for T1 ANI Assignment
Default
2
Selections
0 (No delete) 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the 0 column or enter the number of digits to delete in the 2~9 column.
DTI No. 1
DTI No. 2
Delete
Delete
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
0
1~9
0
1~9
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24

DTI No. 3
DTI No. 4
Delete
Delete
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
0
1~9
0
1~9
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 167

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

DTI No. 5
DTI No. 6
Delete
Delete
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
0
1~9
0
1~9
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24
DTI No. 7
DTI No.8
Delete
Delete
Block
Channel
Block
Channel
No.
Unit
No.
Unit
0
1~9
0
1~9
1
01~04
1
01~04
2
05~08
2
05~08
3
09~12
3
09~12
4
13~16
4
13~16
5
17~20
5
17~20
6
21~24
6
21~24
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 168
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ACD/UCD (LK 12)
No. 00, 01, and 02
1-12-00
ACD/UCD Group Pilot Number Assignment
Specifies the Pilot Number of an ACD/UCD group where an incoming call is terminated.
1-12-01
ACD/UCD Group Overflow Destination Assignment
Specifies the station or Station Hunt group where the overflow call of each ACD/UCD group
is routed when incoming calls overflow.
1-12-02
ACD/UCD Overflow Time Selection
Specifies the maximum time a waiting ACD/UCD call remains at the ACD/UCD group
before overflowing to a specified Station or Station Hunt group.
Memory Block
1-12-00
1-12-01
Function
ACD/UCD Group Pilot Number Assignment
ACD/UCD Group Overflow Destination Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Not Specified
2-digit (10~89)
2-digit (10~89)
Selections
3-digit (100~899)
3-digit (100~899)
4-digit (1000~8999)
4-digit (1000~8999)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Memory Block
1-12-02
Function
ACD/UCD Overflow Time Selection
Default
60
Time in seconds
Selections

10
20
30
60
120
180
240
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable data for each ACD or UCD group.
Memory Block
ACD/UCD
Group
1-12-00
1-12-01
1-12-02
Pilot No.
Overflow Station No.
Overflow Time
Group 1
Group 2
Group 3
Group 4
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 169

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 170
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ISDN-PRI (LK 13)
No. 00, 01, 02, 03, 04, and 05
1-13-00
PRT Channel Assignment
Specifies the DTI channel numbers used for PRI. Up to eight PRT ETUs can be assigned.
1-13-01
PRT Signal Format Assignment
Specifies the signal format of the PRT trunk connected to the system. The signal format
used (12- or 24-multiframe) depends on the CSU/D mark equipment being used.
1-13-02
Clear Channel Selection
Specifies the clear channel selection.
1-13-03
Call by Call Service Selection
Specifies whether or not call by call service is activated per PRT.
1-13-04
PRT B Channel Outgoing Priority Selection
Assigns the Outgoing Priority for the B-channels when calls are originated on a PRT(1)-U( )
ETU. Assignment is allowed by handset programming or SAT.
1-13-05
PRT B Channel-to-Trunk Group Assignment
Assigns a Trunk Group Number to each B channel, or any Trunk Group for each B channel.
This memory block is used when different types of trunks are used in the same PRI span or
for a tenant application where multiple tenants share the PRI span and separation of B
channels is required.

Memory Block
1-13-00
1-13-01
Function
PRT Channel Assignment
PRT Signal Format Assignment
Default
LED On Assigned
24 (ESF)
Selections
01~23 Channels
12 (SF)
24 (ESF)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
PRT Signal Format Assignment
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 171

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory
1-13-02
1-13-03
Block
Function
Clear Channel Selection
Call by Call Service Selection
Default
B8ZS
NO
Selections
ZCS
B8ZS
YS
NO
New Entry
Memory Block
1-13-04
1-13-05
Function
PRT B Channel Outgoing Priority Selection
PRT B Channel-to-Trunk Group Assignment
Default
H L
00 (Any Trunk Group)
Selections
H L H H
00 or Trunk groups 01~32
New Entry
1-13-00
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for each Channel Number.
PRT No. 1 Page 1
PRT No. 1 Page 2
PRT No. 1 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 172
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

PRT No. 2 Page 1
PRT No. 2 Page 2
PRT No. 2 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8

PRT No. 3 Page 1
PRT No. 3 Page 2
PRT No. 3 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 173

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

PRT No. 4 Page 1
PRT No. 4 Page 2
PRT No. 4 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8

PRT No. 5 Page 1
PRT No. 5 Page 2
PRT No. 5 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 174
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

PRT No. 6 Page 1
PRT No. 6 Page 2
PRT No. 6 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8

PRT No. 7 Page 1
PRT No. 7 Page 2
PRT No. 7 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 175

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

PRT No. 8 Page 1
PRT No. 8 Page 2
PRT No. 8 Page 3
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
CO/
PRT
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
PBX
Channel
Selection
Line
No.
Line
No.
Line
No.
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF
Key
ON
OFF

LK 1
01

LK 1
09

LK 1
17

LK 2
02

LK 2
10

LK 2
18
LK 3
03
LK 3
11
LK 3
19

LK 4
04

LK 4
12

LK 4
20

LK 5
05

LK 5
13

LK 5
21

LK 6
06

LK 6
14

LK 6
22

LK 7
07

LK 7
15

LK 7
23

LK 8
08

LK 8
16

LK 8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 176
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
1-13-05
Assign Trunk Group to each B Channel.

PRT No. 1
PRT No. 2
PRT No. 3
B
B
B
Channel
Trunk Group
Channel
Trunk Group
Channel
Trunk Group
No.
No.
No.
01
01
01
02
02
02
03
03
03
04
04
04
05
05
05
06
06
06
07
07
07
08
08
08
09
09
09
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
00 = Any Trunk Group
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 177

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

PRT No. 4
PRT No. 5
PRT No. 6
B
B
B
Channel
Trunk Group
Channel
Trunk Group
Channel
Trunk Group
No.
No.
No.
01
01
01
02
02
02
03
03
03
04
04
04
05
05
05
06
06
06
07
07
07
08
08
08
09
09
09
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
13
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
17
17
17
18
18
18
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
21
21
22
22
22
23
23
23
00 = Any Trunk Group
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 178
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

PRT No. 7
PRT No. 8
B
B
Channel
Trunk Group
Channel
Trunk Group
No.
No.
01
01
02
02
03
03
04
04
05
05
06
06
07
07
08
08
09
09
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
23
00 = Any Trunk Group
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 179

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
ARS (LK 14)
No. 00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06 and 07
1-14-00
ARS Allow/Deny Selection
Allows or denies ARS system-wide. When set to Allow, the Automatic Route Selection
(ARS) functions with the MIFM-U( ) ETU also.
1-14-01
ARS Dialing Assignment
Assigns a dialing plan to one of four ARS tables according to user-specified data. A
maximum of 128 combinations (8-digits maximum) are possible for each table.
1-14-02
ARS Dial Allow/Deny Selection
Allows or Denies digits entered in the ARS dialing assignment to be routed through the
ARS feature.
1-14-03
ARS Route Table Number Assignment
Assigns each ARS dialing assignment to an ARS route assignment.
1-14-04
ARS Trunk Group to Route Number Assignment
Specifies whether a Trunk Group or Route Advance Block is used for each route
assignment.
1-14-05
ARS Digit Delete Assignment
Specifies how many digits (00~10) are deleted from the Route assignment.
1-14-06
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Used to enter number of digits (maximum of 10) to add to the route assignment.
1-14-07
ARS Max Digit Assignment
Used to specify the number of digits to be collected by the system before the message is
sent to the network.

Memory Block
1-14-00
1-14-01
Function
ARS Allow/Deny Selection
ARS Dialing Assignment
Default
NO
Not assigned
NO YES
Maximum 128 routes with 8-digit maximum on each
Selections
table.
New Entry
Refer to Automatic Route Selection on page 183.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 181

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Memory Block
1-14-02
1-14-03
Function
ARS Dial Allow/Deny Selection
ARS Route Table Number Assignment
Default
YES
00
Table 1~4, Dial number 01~C8,
Selections
YES (Allow) NO (Deny)
Route 00 (undefined) or 01~32
Refer to Automatic Route Selection on page
New Entry
Refer to Automatic Route Selection on page 183.
183.
Memory Block
1-14-04
1-14-05
ARS Trunk Group to Route Number
Function
ARS Digit Delete Assignment
Assignment
Default
NORMAL, Setting Data 2 (TKGP or RAB blank)
00
NORMAL (Originate) TKGP 01~32
RAB 01~32 ICM
Selections
00~10

ICM is used when the open
numbering plan is used with K-CCIS.
Refer to Trunk Group and Digit Delete/Add
Refer to Trunk Group and Digit Delete/Add
New Entry
Assignment on page 187.
Assignment on page 187.
Memory Block
1-14-06
1-14-07
Function
ARS Digit Add Assignment
ARS Max Digit Assignment
Default
Not Specified
24 Digits
Selections
Up to 10 dialing digits
01~99
Refer to Table , "Maximum Digit Assignment," on
page 189
Refer to Trunk Group and Digit Delete/Add
New Entry
Assignment on page 187.

This Memory Block applies to K-CCIS trunk routes
routed through ARS.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 182
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter data in applicable column in the following tables.
Automatic Route Selection
1-14-01
1-14-02
1-14-03
Dial No.
ARS Dialing Assignment
ARS Route Table Number
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Maximum 8 Digits
Assignment
YS/NO
Setting Data
01~32 in Table 2
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
30
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 183

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Automatic Route Selection
1-14-01
1-14-02
1-14-03
Dial No.
ARS Dialing Assignment
ARS Route Table Number
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Maximum 8 Digits
Assignment
YS/NO
Setting Data
01~32 in Table 2
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 184
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Automatic Route Selection
1-14-01
1-14-02
1-14-03
Dial No.
ARS Dialing Assignment
ARS Route Table Number
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Maximum 8 Digits
Assignment
YS/NO
Setting Data
01~32 in Table 2
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
88
90
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 185

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Automatic Route Selection
1-14-01
1-14-02
1-14-03
Dial No.
ARS Dialing Assignment
ARS Route Table Number
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Maximum 8 Digits
Assignment
YS/NO
Setting Data
01~32 in Table 2
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
113
115
116
117
118
119
120
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 186
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Automatic Route Selection
1-14-01
1-14-02
1-14-03
Dial No.
ARS Dialing Assignment
ARS Route Table Number
ARS Dial Allow/Deny
Maximum 8 Digits
Assignment
YS/NO
Setting Data
01~32 in Table 2
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Trunk Group and Digit Delete/Add Assignment
1-14-04
1-14-05
1-14-06
Dial No.
ARS Trunk Group to
ARS Digit Delete Assignment
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Route Number Assignment
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 187

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Trunk Group and Digit Delete/Add Assignment
1-14-04
1-14-05
1-14-06
Dial No.
ARS Trunk Group to
ARS Digit Delete Assignment
ARS Digit Add Assignment
Route Number Assignment
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 188
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Maximum Digit Assignment
1-14-07
Route
Number
ARS Max Digit Assignment
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 189

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
K-CCIS (LK 15)
No. 00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21
1-15-00
K-CCIS Main/Remote Office Selection
Activates K-CCIS by assigning a Main or Remote system.
1-15-01
Common Signal Channel Data Speed Assignment
Assigns data transmission speed for each Common Signaling Channel.
1-15-02
Common Signal Channel Assignment
Assigns a T1 trunk to be a Common Signaling Channel.
1-15-03
Originating Point Code Assignment
Assigns originating point code for each Common Signaling Channel.
1-15-04
Destination Point Code Assignment
Assigns destination point code for each Common Signaling Channel.
1-15-05
Destination Point Code Transfer Assignment
Assigns the destination point code to the associated Common Signaling Channel when
K-CCIS commands are required to pass through a tandem system. Required for
Centralized Billing Client - K-CCIS and Centralized Day/Night Mode Change - K-CCIS
features. With R1500 or higher, a CCH Channel i can be assigned for IP (K-CCIS).
1-15-06
Originating Office Code Number Assignment
Assigns the Office Code to the system when an Open Numbering Plan is used.
1-15-07
K-CCIS Message Response Timeout Assignment
Assigns the time before a call or message request is canceled when no response is
received from the destination office.
1-15-08
Link Reconnect Allow/Deny Selection
Allows or denies Link Reconnect feature.
1-15-09
K-CCIS Maximum Call Forwarding Hop Assignment
Specifies the number of multiple Call Forwarding hops over the K-CCIS network.
1-15-10
Calling Name Display Allow/Deny Selection
Allows or denies sending station name for each Common Signaling Channel.
1-15-11
Centralized Billing Allow/Deny Selection
Assigns Electra Elite IPK to send billing information to the Billing Center Office (NEAX2000/
2400) across the K-CCIS network. Electra Elite IPK does not support receiving and
managing billing information.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 191

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
1-15-12
Centralized Billing Point Code of Center Office Assignment
Assigns the Common Signaling Channel number and point code of the Billing Center Office
(NEAX2000/2400).
1-15-13
Centralized Day/Night Switching for Remote Office Assignment
Assigns the Electra Elite IPK to switch Day/Night mode when the command from a Main
Office is received.
1-15-14
Centralized Day/Night Switching for Main Office Assignment
Assigns the Point Codes and the CCH channel to control remote systems for Centralized
Day/Night Switching. With R1500 or higher, a CCH Channel i can be assigned for IP (K-
CCIS).
1-15-15
Centralized BLF Send Point Code Assignment
Assigns the Destination Point Codes and the CCH channel of systems to be sent
Centralized BLF messages. With R1500 or higher, a CCH Channel i can be assigned for
IP (K-CCIS).
1-15-16
Centralized BLF Send Extension Number Assignment
Assigns the Extension Numbers for sending Centralized BLF messages (R1500 or
higher).
1-15-17
Centralized BLF Send Time Assignment
Assigns the time interval for sending BLF information across the K-CCIS Network (R1500
or higher).
1-15-18
Centralized BLF Display Extension Number Assignment
Assigns the Extension Numbers of remote systems to receive Centralized BLF messages
(R1500 or higher).
1-15-19
Centralized 911 Allow/Deny Selection
Assigns the Electra Elite IPK installed as a Main Office to send the Calling Party Number
out the CAMA trunk when an Emergency 911 call is originated from a remote K-CCIS office
(R2000 or higher).
1-15-20
Centralized 911 Originating Number Selection
Assigns the Electra Elite IPK installed as a remote K-CCIS office to send the Station
Number or CES-ID for Calling Party Number information to the Main Office when an
Emergency 911 call is originated (R2000 or higher).
1-15-21
Centralized 911 Look Ahead Routing Allow/Deny Selection
Assigns the Electra Elite IPK installed as a remote K-CCIS office to allow an alternate line
to be used when all trunks at the Main Office are busy when an Emergency 911 call is
originated at the remote K-CCIS office (R2000 or higher).
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 192
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

Memory Block
1-15-00
1-15-01
Function
K-CCIS Main/Remote Office Selection
Common Signal Channel Data Speed Assignment
Default
None
56k
Selections
None, Main, or Remote
64k, 56k, 48k(1), 48k(2)
New Entry

Memory Block
1-15-02
1-15-03
Function
Common Signal Channel Assignment
Originating Point Code Assignment
Default
00
Blank
C-Channel 1~4,
Selections
C-Channel 1~4, Any DTI trunk
Point Code Assignment range: 00001~ 16367
New Entry
Memory Block
1-15-04
1-15-05
Function
Destination Point Code Assignment
Destination Point Code Transfer Assignment
Default
Blank
Blank
C-Channel 1~4,
C-Channel 1~4,
Selections
Point Code Assignment range: 00001~ 16367
Point Code Assignment range: 00001~ 16367
T001~T255 can be assigned
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
1-15-05
Enter Point Code and CCH Channel for each table.
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
001
002
003
004
005
006
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 193

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 194
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 195

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
088
089
090
091
092
093
094
095
096
097
098
099
100
101
102
103
104
105
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 196
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 197

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 198
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 199

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 200
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 201

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Memory Block
1-15-06
1-15-07
Function
Originating Office Code Number Assignment
K-CCIS Message Response Timeout Assignment
Default
Blank (Not Specified)
30 Seconds
Selections
Valid code range is 0~9999
00 (Infinity), Valid range is 01~99 Seconds
New Entry

Memory Block
1-15-08
1-15-09
Function
Link Reconnect Allow/Deny Selection
K-CCIS Maximum Call Forwarding Hop Assignment
Default
YS
5
Selections
NO, YS
1~7
New Entry

Memory Block
1-15-10
1-15-11
Function
Calling Name Display Allow/Deny Selection
Centralized Billing Allow/Deny Selection
Default
NO
NO (Deny
Selections
NO, YS
NO (Deny) YS (Allow)
New Entry
Memory Block
1-15-12
1-15-13
Centralized Billing Point Code of Center
Centralized Day/Night Switching for Remote
Function
Office Assignment
Office Assignment
Default
Blank
NO (Deny)
Selections
Point Code range is 00001~16376
NO (Deny) YS (Allow)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 202
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
1-15-14
1-15-15
Centralized Day/Night Switching for Main Office
Function
Centralized BLF Send Point Code Assignment
Assignment
Default
All Tables (01~16) Not specified
All Tables Not specified
Group Numbers 01~08
Tables 01~16
Selections
Point code range is 00001~16367
Point code range is 00001~16367
Channels 1~4, i for IP
New Entry
Refer to table below.
1-15-14
Enter Point Code and CCH Channel for each table.

Point Code
CCH Channel
Table No.
(00001~16367)
(1~4)
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 203

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
1-15-16
1-15-17
Centralized BLF Send Extension Number
Function
Centralized BLF Send Time Assignment
Assignment
Default
All Tables Not specified
4 Seconds
Tables 001~120
Selections
Three Digit Extension Numbers 100~899
4, 8, 12, or 16 Seconds
Four Digit Extension Numbers 1000~8999
New Entry
Memory Block
1-15-18
1-15-19
Centralized BLF Display Extension Number
Function
Centralized 911 Allow/Deny Selection
Assignment
Default
All Tables Not specified
NO (Deny)
Tables 001~120
Selections
Three Digit Extension Numbers 100~899
NO (Deny), YS (Allow)
Four Digit Extension Numbers 1000~8999
New Entry
Refer to table below.
Memory Block
1-15-20
1-15-21
Centralized 911 Look Ahead Routing Allow/
Function
Centralized 911 Originating Number Selection
Deny Selection
Default
STA. (Station No.)
NO (Deny)
Selections
STA. (Station No.), CESID (CES-ID)
NO (Deny), YS (Allow)
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 204
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
System Mode (LK1)
HUB (LK 16)
No. 00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17
1-16-00
Auto Negotiation Yes/No Selection
Specifies whether or not Auto Negotiation is enabled for each port of the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
(R1500 or higher).
1-16-01
Port Speed Selection 10/100 Base-T
When Memory Block 1-16-00 is set to NO, this Memory Block specifies Ethernet Port speed
for each port of each HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or higher).
1-16-02
Port Duplex Mode Selection
When Memory Block 1-16-00 is set to NO, this Memory Block specifies Half or Full duplex
mode for each port of each HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or higher).
1-16-03
MDI/MDIX Mode Selection
Specifies MDI/MDIX/AUTO mode for each port of each HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or
higher).
1-16-04
VLAN Mode Selection
Specifies whether or not IEEE802.1q VLAN Tagging is enabled for each HUB(8)-U( ) ETU.
This Memory Block must also be enabled to use IEEE802.1p priority (R1500 or higher).
1-16-05
Default VLAN ID Tag Insertion Assignment
Inserts VLAN ID tagging to data frames from network devices that cannot insert VLAN tags
(R1500 or higher).
1-16-06
Port Based Priority Selection
Specifies Quality of Service (QoS) mode for received frames on each port of each
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or higher).
1-16-07
High Priority RX Tag Threshold
When Memory Block 1-16-00 is set to NO, this Memory Block assigns the threshold value
handled as High Priority for each port of the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or higher).
1-16-08
High Priority TX Tag Assignment
When a frame is received without a VLAN tag, this Memory Block assigns a priority frame
tag (0~7) for each frame handled as High Priority in each port of the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
(R1500 or higher).
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 205

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
1-16-09
Low Priority TX Tag Assignment
When a frame is received without a VLAN tag, this Memory Block assigns a priority frame
tag (0~7) for each frame handled as Low Priority in each port of the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU
(R1500 or higher).
1-16-10
Port Mirroring Selection
Specifies whether or not Port Mirroring is enabled for each port of the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU.
The source port and target port must be members of the same VLAN(s) (R1500 or higher).
1-16-11
Mirroring Source Port Assignment
When Port Mirroring is enabled in Memory Block 1-16-10, this Memory Block specifies a
port with data to be monitored on another port specified by Memory Block 1-16-12 for each
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU. The source port and target port must be members of the same VLAN(s)
(R1500 or higher).
1-16-12
Mirroring Target Port Assignment
When Port Mirroring is enabled in Memory Block 1-16-10, this Memory Block specifies a
target that monitors frames transmitted on the source port specified by Memory Block
1-16-11 for each HUB(8)-U( ) ETU. The source port and target port must be members of
the same VLAN(s) (R1500 or higher).
1-16-13
VLAN Group to VLAN ID Assignment
Use this Memory Block to create a list of valid VLAN IDs to be recognized by the
HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or higher).
1-16-14
Port VLAN Group Membership
Use this Memory Block to create a list of accepted VLANs for each port. When Memory
Block 1-16-04 is set to YS, each port accepts frames tagged with VLAN IDs only when the
port is programmed as a member of that VLAN Group (R1500 or higher).
1-16-15
VLAN Tag Insertion Selection
Specifies whether or not the port should insert VLAN tags in frames transmitted on this port.
When NO is selected, tags are deleted from frames of the same VLAN Group transmitted
on this port (R1500 or higher).
1-16-16
Flow Control for Full Duplex Selection
Specifies whether or not Full duplex IEEE802.3x Flow Control is enabled for each port of
the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or higher).
1-16-17
Back Pressure for Half Duplex
Specifies whether or not half-duplex Back Pressure Flow Control is enabled for each port of
the HUB(8)-U( ) ETU (R1500 or higher).
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 206
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

Memory Block
1-16-00
1-16-01
Function
Auto Negotiation Yes/No Selection
Port Speed Selection 10/100 Base-T
Default
YS
100
Selections
YS (enable), NO (disable)
10, 100
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.

Memory Block
1-16-02
1-16-03
Function
Port Duplex Mode Selection
MDI/MDIX Mode Selection
Default
HALF
AUTO
Selections
HALF, FULL
MDIX, MDI, AUTO
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Memory Block
1-16-04
1-16-05
Function
VLAN Mode Selection
Default VLAN ID Assignment
Default
NO
All ports: 0001 (0x001)
Selections
NO (disable), YS (enable)
ID range is 0001~4095 (0x000~0xfff Hex)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Memory Block
1-16-06
1-16-07
Function
Port Based Priority Selection
High Priority RX Tag Assignment
Default
NO (Not Assigned)
All ports: 7
Selections
NO, LO, HI
Priority range is lowest 0~7 highest.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 207

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

Memory Block
1-16-08
1-16-09
Function
High Priority TX Tag Assignment
Low Priority TX Tag Assignment
Default
All ports: 7
All ports: 0
Selections
Priority range is lowest 0~7 highest.
Priority range is lowest 0~7 highest.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.

Memory Block
1-16-10
1-16-11
Function
Port Mirroring Selection
Mirroring Source Port Assignment
Default
NO
Port 1
Selections
NO (Normal), YS (Mirror)
Port range 1~8
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Memory Block
1-16-12
1-16-13
Function
Mirroring Target Port Assignment
VLAN Group to VLAN ID Assignment
Default
Port 1
All ports: 0000
Selections
Port range 1~8
ID range is 0001~4095 (0x000~0xfff Hex)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Memory Block
1-16-14
1-16-15
Function
VLAN Group and Port Selection
VLAN Tag Insertion Selection
Default
YS
NO
Selections
NO, YS
NO, YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 208
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
1-16-16
1-16-17
Function
Flow Control for Full Duplex Selection
Back Pressure for Half Duplex
Default
NO
NO
Selections
NO, YS
NO, YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
1-16-00
1-16-01
1-16-02
1-16-03
HUB ETU No.
Port Number
(E)nable/
(10) or (100)
(H)alf or (F)ull
MDIX, MDI or
(1~3)
(1~8)
(D)isable
Base-T
Duplex
AUTO
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 209

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
1-16-00
1-16-01
1-16-02
1-16-03
HUB ETU No.
Port Number
(E)nable/
(10) or (100)
(H)alf or (F)ull
MDIX, MDI or
(1~3)
(1~8)
(D)isable
Base-T
Duplex
AUTO
3
7
3
8
1-16-04
HUB ETU No.
(E)nable/
(1~3)
(D)isable
VLAN
1
2
3
1-16-07
1-16-08
1-16-09
1-16-05
HUB ETU No.
Port Number
1-16-06
High Priority
High Priority
Low Priority
VLAN ID
(1~3)
(1~8)
NO, LO, or HI
RX Tag
TX Tag
TX Tag
(0001~4095)
(0~7)
(0~7)
(0~7)
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 210
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
1-16-07
1-16-08
1-16-09
1-16-05
HUB ETU No.
Port Number
1-16-06
High Priority
High Priority
Low Priority
VLAN ID
(1~3)
(1~8)
NO, LO, or HI
RX Tag
TX Tag
TX Tag
(0001~4095)
(0~7)
(0~7)
(0~7)
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
1-16-11
1-16-12
1-16-10
Mirroring
Mirroring
HUB ETU No.
(N)ormal or
Source Port
Target Port
(M)irror
(1~8)
(1~8
1
2
3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 211

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
1-16-13
VLAN Group
VLAN ID
(01~16)
(0001~4095)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
VLAN
VLAN
Port No.
1-16-14
1-16-15
Port No.
1-16-14
1-16-15
Group
Group
(1~8)
NO/YES
NO/YES
(1~8)
NO/YES
NO/YES
(01~16)
(01~16)
01
1
05
1
01
2
05
2
01
3
05
3
01
4
05
4
01
5
05
5
01
6
05
6
01
7
05
7
01
8
05
8
02
1
06
1
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 212
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
VLAN
VLAN
Port No.
1-16-14
1-16-15
Port No.
1-16-14
1-16-15
Group
Group
(1~8)
NO/YES
NO/YES
(1~8)
NO/YES
NO/YES
(01~16)
(01~16)
02
2
06
2
02
3
06
3
02
4
06
4
02
5
06
5
02
6
06
6
02
7
06
7
02
8
06
8
03
1
07
1
03
2
07
2
03
3
07
3
03
4
07
4
03
5
07
5
03
6
07
6
03
7
07
7
03
8
07
8
04
1
08
1
04
2
08
2
04
3
08
3
04
4
08
4
04
5
08
5
04
6
08
6
04
7
08
7
04
8
08
8
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 213

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
VLAN
VLAN
Port No.
1-16-14
1-16-15
Port No.
1-16-14
1-16-15
Group
Group
(1~8)
NO/YES
NO/YES
(1~8)
NO/YES
NO/YES
(01~16)
(01~16)
09
1
13
1
09
2
13
2
09
3
13
3
09
4
13
4
09
5
13
5
09
6
13
6
09
7
13
7
09
8
13
8
10
1
14
1
10
2
14
2
10
3
14
3
10
4
14
4
10
5
14
5
10
6
14
6
10
7
14
7
10
8
14
8
11
1
15
1
11
2
15
2
11
3
15
3
11
4
15
4
11
5
15
5
11
6
15
6
11
7
15
7
11
8
15
8
12
1
16
1
12
2
16
2
12
3
16
3
12
4
16
4
12
5
16
5
12
6
16
6
12
7
16
7
12
8
16
8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 214
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
1-16-16
1-16-17
HUB ETU No.
Port No.
Enable/
Enable/
(1~3)
(1~8)
Disable
Disable
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 215

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tenant Mode (LK2)
No. 01
2-01
Trunk to Tenant Assignment
Assigns CO/PBX lines to a tenant.
Memory Block
2-01
Function
Trunk to Tenant Assignment
Tenant 00:
On (all trunks)
Default
Tenant 01~47:
Off
CO/PBX Line LED
On
Assigned
Selections
Off
Not Assigned
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for each assigned CO/PBX line.
CO/
Tenant No.
PBX
Line
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 217

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/
Tenant No.
PBX
Line
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
No.
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 218
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/
Tenant No.
PBX
Line
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
No.
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

CO/
Tenant No.
PBX
Line
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 219

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/
Tenant No.
PBX
Line
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
No.
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 220
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/
Tenant No.
PBX
Line
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
No.
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 221

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tenant Mode (LK2)
No. 05
2-05
Line Key Selection
Specifies Tenant-Wide Mode or Telephone Mode line key assignment for each tenant.
Memory Block
2-05
Function
Line Key Selection
Default
TEL
Selections
TNAT (Tenant-Wide) TEL (Telephone)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column.
Selection
Selection
Tenant No.
Telephone
Tenant No.
Telephone
Tenant-Wide
Tenant-Wide
Specific
Specific
Mode
Mode
Mode
Mode
00
24
01
25
02
26
03
27
04
28
05
29
06
30
07
31
08
32
09
33
10
34
11
35
12
36
13
37
14
38
15
39
16
40
17
41
18
42
19
43
20
44
21
45
22
46
23
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 222
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tenant Mode (LK2)
No. 06
2-06
Line Key Selection for Tenant Mode
Assigns functions to each CO/PBX line key (1~24) on each telephone in a tenant specified
as Tenant-Wide Mode in Memory Block 2-05 (Line Key Selection).
Memory Block
2-06
Function
Line Key Selection for Tenant Mode
Default
CO (CO/PBX Line 1~8 on Line keys 1~8)
After entering a Telephone Number (01~C0) and CO/PBX Line
Key Number, enter one of the following for each CO/PBX Line
Key:
·
NON
(Not Specified)
·
H SET (Headset)
·
CO
(CO/PBX line 01~64)
·
SCROLL (for ANI/Caller ID)
·
FW BNA
(Call Forward - Busy/No Answer On/Off)
·
DND (Break On/Off)
Selections
·
FW ALL
(Call Forward - All Calls On/Off)
·
LOG (On/Off)
·
C
(Call Appearance 01~24)
·
BGM (On/Off)
·
F A
(Feature Access 01~16)
·
ICM
·
TKGP
(Trunk Group 01~32)
·
ADV
(Route Advance Block 01~32)
·
SIE
(Secondary Incoming Extension 01~C0)
·
MIC
(Microphone)
New Entry
Refer to the following table.
Enter the applicable data for each tenant.
Tenant
CO/PBX Line Key No.
No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 223

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tenant
CO/PBX Line Key No.
No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 224
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tenant
CO/PBX Line Key No.
No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 225

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tenant
CO/PBX Line Key No.
No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 226
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tenant Mode (LK2)
No. 07
2-07
System Speed Dial Display Assignment
Specifies whether or not confirmation of Speed Dial numbers and messages stored in
system Speed Dial memory is allowed.
Memory Block
2-07
Function
System Speed Dial Display Assignment
Default
On (All Speed Dial Confirmation Allowed)
CO/PBX Line Key LED On
Allow
Selections
Off
Deny
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the column(s) for each System Speed Dial group assigned as deny confirmation.
System Speed Dial Group
Tenant
No
00~09/
10~19/
20~29/
30~39/
40~49/
50~59/
60~69/
70~79/
800~899
900~999
000~099
100~199
200~299
300~399
400~499
500~599
600~699
700~799
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 227

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
System Speed Dial Group
Tenant
No
00~09/
10~19/
20~29/
30~39/
40~49/
50~59/
60~69/
70~79/
800~899
900~999
000~099
100~199
200~299
300~399
400~499
500~599
600~699
700~799
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 228
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tenant Mode (LK2)
No. 08
2-08
ECR Relay to Tenant Assignment
Specifies the Tenant Assignment for External Tone Ring/Night Chime function.
Memory Block
2-08
Function
ECR Relay to Tenant Assignment
Default
All Tenants: No Assignment
LK1
External Tone Relay 1
LK2
External Tone Relay 2
Selections
LK3
External Tone Relay 3
LK4
External Tone Relay 4
LK5
Night Chime
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable data for each Tenant Number.
Tenant
Tenant
Tenant
Data
Data
Data
No.
No.
No.
00
16
32
01
17
33
02
18
34
03
19
35
04
20
36
05
21
37
06
22
38
07
23
39
08
24
40
09
25
41
10
26
42
11
27
43
12
28
44
13
29
45
14
30
46
15
31
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 229

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tenant Mode (LK2)
No. 09
2-09
DID Limit to Tenant Assignment
Assigns the number of DID calls allowed to ring at a specified tenant.
Memory Block
2-09
Function
DID Limit to Tenant Assignment
Default
00 (No Limit)
Selections
01~64 Incoming Calls
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable data for each Tenant Number.
Tenant
Tenant
Tenant
DID Calls Allowed
DID Calls Allowed
DID Calls Allowed
No.
No.
No.
00
16
32
01
17
33
02
18
34
03
19
35
04
20
36
05
21
37
06
22
38
07
23
39
08
24
40
09
25
41
10
26
42
11
27
43
12
28
44
13
29
45
14
30
46
15
31
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 230
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 00, 02, and 03
3-00
Trunk Name/Number Assignment
Specifies the telephone name/number for the CO/PBX line that is displayed when the
CO/PBX Line is seized or during an incoming call.
3-02
Trunk Status Selection
Specifies whether a CO/PBX line is used for call origination and termination or termination
only.
3-03
Trunk-to-Trunk Group Assignment
Assigns a Trunk Group Number (01~32) to each CO/PBX line.
Memory Block
3-00
3-02
3-03
Trunk Name/Number
Trunk Status Selection
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Function
Assignment
Assignment
Refer to the Multiline Terminal
Programming chapter in the
Default
Not Specified
OUT&IN
Electra Elite IPK Programming
Manual.
Trunk Group No. 01~32
Selections
Number Name
OUT&IN
IN
CO/PBX 01~64
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Enter data or a check mark in the applicable column for each CO/PBX No.
Memory Block
3-00
3-02
3-03
Trunk Status
Trunk Name/
CO/PBX No.
Selection
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Number Assignment
Assignment
Out & In
In
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 231

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
3-00
3-02
3-03
Trunk Status
Trunk Name/
CO/PBX No.
Selection
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Number Assignment
Assignment
Out & In
In
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 232
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
3-00
3-02
3-03
Trunk Status
Trunk Name/
CO/PBX No.
Selection
Trunk-to-Trunk Group
Number Assignment
Assignment
Out & In
In
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 233

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 04, 05, and 06
3-04
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Yes/No Selection
Specifies whether or not to allow Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer.
3-05
Trunk Incoming Answer Mode Selection
Specifies the incoming answer mode (Automatic Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer, Automated
Attendant, or DISA) per outside line.
3-06
Automatic Tandem Trunk Assignment
Specifies the incoming trunk and outgoing trunk for Automatic Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer.
Memory Block
3-04
3-05
Function
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer Yes/No Selection
Trunk Incoming Answer Mode Selection
Default
NO
NO ASSIGN
NO ASSIGN
Selections
NO
YES
TANDM TRF (Automatic Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer)
AA (Automated Attendant/DISA)
New Entry
Refer to the table on the following pages.
Refer to the table on the following pages.
Memory Block
3-06
Function
Automatic Tandem Trunk Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Selections
CO/PBX No. 01~64
New Entry
Refer to the table on the following pages.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 234
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
CO/PBX No.
3-04
3-05
3-06
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Trunk Incoming Answer
Automatic Tandem Trunk
Yes/No Selection
Mode Selection
Assignment
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 235

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
CO/PBX No.
3-04
3-05
3-06
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Trunk Incoming Answer
Automatic Tandem Trunk
Yes/No Selection
Mode Selection
Assignment
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 236
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
CO/PBX No.
3-04
3-05
3-06
Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
Trunk Incoming Answer
Automatic Tandem Trunk
Yes/No Selection
Mode Selection
Assignment
60
61
62
63
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 237

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 07, 11, 12, and 14
3-07
CO/PBX Ringing Variation Selection
Specifies a ringing tone (Low, Medium, or High) for each CO/PBX line.
3-11
CO External Source Selection
Specifies whether music on hold source is from CO or EXT SOURCE (external source).
3-12
Trunk-to-MOH Trunk Assignment
Specifies the music on hold source for each CO/PBX line.
3-14
Tie Line Type Assignment
Assigns the loop supervision to be used for each Trunk associated with a Tie line.
Memory Block
3-07
3-11
Function
CO/PBX Ringing Variation Selection
CO External Source Selection
Default
M
CO
Selections
M (Medium) L (Low) H (High)
CO EXT SOURCE
New Entry
Refer to the table on the following pages.
Memory Block
3-12
3-14
Function
Trunk-to-MOH Trunk Assignment
Tie Line Type Assignment
Default
00 (Not Assigned) for 01~64
2ND DIAL
Selections
CO/PBX 01~64.
2ND DIAL IMMEDIATE DELAY WINK
New Entry
Refer to the table on the following pages.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 238
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Enter a check mark in the applicable column.
Memory Block
3-07
3-11
3-12
3-14
CO/PBX
CO/PBX Ringing
CO External Source
CO Hold Memory
No.
Tie Line Type Assignment
Variation Selection
Selection
Selection
2ND
L
M
H
CO
EXT
01 ~ 64
IMMEDIATE
DELAY
WINK
DIAL
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 239

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
3-07
3-11
3-12
3-14
CO/PBX
CO/PBX Ringing
CO External Source
CO Hold Memory
No.
Tie Line Type Assignment
Variation Selection
Selection
Selection
2ND
L
M
H
CO
EXT
01 ~ 64
IMMEDIATE
DELAY
WINK
DIAL
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 240
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
3-07
3-11
3-12
3-14
CO/PBX
CO/PBX Ringing
CO External Source
CO Hold Memory
No.
Tie Line Type Assignment
Variation Selection
Selection
Selection
2ND
L
M
H
CO
EXT
01 ~ 64
IMMEDIATE
DELAY
WINK
DIAL
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 241

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 15
3-15
Trunk DTMF Duration/Interdigit Selection
Specifies the tone duration and interdigit time of DTMF signals.
Memory Block
3-15
Function
Trunk DTMF Duration/Interdigit Selection
Default
110/80
Selections
Refer to the table below.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column.
CO/PBX D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
No.
60 ms 70 ms 60 ms 80 ms 110 ms 80 ms 160 ms 80 ms 210 ms 80 ms 410 ms 100 ms 610 ms 100 ms 810 ms 190 ms
01
02
03
04
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 242
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
No.
60 ms 70 ms 60 ms 80 ms 110 ms 80 ms 160 ms 80 ms 210 ms 80 ms 410 ms 100 ms 610 ms 100 ms 810 ms 190 ms
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 243

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
D.D.
I.T.
No.
60 ms 70 ms 60 ms 80 ms 110 ms 80 ms 160 ms 80 ms 210 ms 80 ms 410 ms 100 ms 610 ms 100 ms 810 ms 190 ms
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 244
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 16
3-16
Tie Line Prepause Time Selection
Specifies the time (prepause) when the originating side can send dial pulse or DTMF to the
distant station.
Memory Block
3-16
Function
Tie Line Prepause Time Selection
Default
0
Time in seconds
Selections
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0 12.0
13.0
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX NO.
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 245

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No.17
3-17
Tie Line Answer Detect Time Selection
Specifies the time between when the receiving Electra Elite IPK answers (off-hook) and
when it is recognized as an answer.
Memory Block
3-17
Function
Tie Line Answer Detect Time Selection
Default
520
Time in milliseconds
Selections
0
130
260
390
520
650
780
910
1040
1170
1300
1430
1560
1690
1820
1950
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX NO.
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 246
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 18
3-18
Tie Line Release Detect Time Selection
Specifies the time before the circuit disconnect detected on the Tie line on the distant
system side is recognized as Tie line release.
Memory Block
3-18
Function
Tie Line Release Detect Time Selection
Default
520
Time in milliseconds
Selections
0
130
260
390
520
650
780
910
1040
1170
1300
1430
1560
1690
1820
1950
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX NO.
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 247

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 19
3-19
Tie Line/CO/PBX Incoming Signal Detect Time Selection
Specifies the time after the incoming signal from another system is detected before the
acknowledgment signal is sent out.

Programming this Memory Block depends on the settings in Memory Block 3-14. When 2ND
DIAL or IMMEDIATE is selected in Memory Block 3-14 (Tie Line Type Assignment), Signal
Detect Time is fixed at 30 ms.
Memory Block
3-19
Function
Tie Line /CO/PBX Incoming Signal Detect Time Selection
Wink Start
Delay
COI
Default
03 03
03

Time in milliseconds
Wink Start
00 (0) 01(130) 02 (260) 03 (390) 04 (520) 05 (650) 06 (780) 07 (910)
08 (1040) 09 (1170) 10 (1300) 11 (1430) 12 (1560) 13 (1690) 14 (1820) 15 (1950)
Delay Start
Selections
00 (0) 01 (30) 02 (60) 03 (90) 04 (120) 05 (150) 06 (180) 07 (210)
08 (240) 09 (270) 10 (300) 11 (330) 12 (360) 13 (390) 14 (420) 15 (450)
COI
00 (50) 01 (100) 02 (150) 03 (200) 04 (250) 05 (300) 06 (350) 07 (400)
08 (450) 09 (500) 10 (550) 11 (600) 12 (650) 13 (700)) 14 (750) 15 (800)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
01
12
23
34
02
13
24
35
03
14
25
36
04
15
26
37
05
16
27
38
06
17
28
39
07
18
29
40
08
19
30
41
09
20
31
42
10
21
32
43
11
22
33
44
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 248
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
CO/PBX
New
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
No.
Entry
45
50
55
60
46
51
56
61
47
52
57
62
48
53
58
63
49
54
59
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 249

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 20
3-20
Tie Line Loop Off-Guard Time Selection
Assigns loop off-guard time to prevent noise that may cause the system to be unable to
answer an incoming Tie line.
Memory Block
3-20
Function
Tie Line Loop Off-Guard Time Selection
Default
2.0
Time in seconds
Selections
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0 12.0
13.0
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 250
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 21
3-21
Tie Line Length of Wink Signal Selection
Specifies the time a wink pulse is sent to another system.
Memory Block
3-21
Function
Tie Line Length of Wink Signal Selection
Default
180

Time in milliseconds
Selections
30
60
90
120
150
180
210
240
270
300
330
360
390
420
450
480
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 251

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 22
3-22
Tie Line Length of Delay Signal Selection
Specifies the time a delay pulse is sent to another system.
Memory Block
3-22
Function
Tie Line Length of Delay Signal Selection
Default
300

Time in milliseconds
Selections
0
300
600
900
1200
1500
1800
2100
2400
2700
3000
3300
3600
3900
4200
4500
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 252
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 24
3-24
Tie Line Incoming Interdigit Timeout Selection
Specifies the time that an address signal is missing during the incoming call detection
process before an error tone is returned to the other system.
Memory Block
3-24
Function
Tie Line Incoming Interdigit Timeout Selection
Default
6s
(No Limit) 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s 6s 7s
Selections
8s
9s
10s
11s
12s
13s
14s
15s
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 253

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 25
3-25
Tie Line Wink/Delay Signal Detect Timeout Selection
Specifies a maximum time for receiving an acknowledgment signal from a distant system
before sending a busy tone.
Memory Block
3-25
Function
Tie Line Wink/Delay Signal Detect Timeout Selection
Default
7s
(No Limit) 1s 2s 3s 4s 5s 6s
7s
Selections
8s
9s
10s
11s
12s
13s
14s
15s
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 254
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 27
3-27
Tie Line Dial Tone Selection
Specifies whether or not to send a dial tone to the distant system.
Memory Block
3-27
Function
Tie Line Dial Tone Selection
Default
YS
Selections
NO
YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Dial Tone
CO/PBX
Dial Tone
CO/PBX
Dial Tone
CO/PBX
Dial Tone
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 255

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 28
3-28
Tie Line Reorder Tone Selection
Specifies whether or not to send a Reorder Tone to the originating station when the number
of a distant system is used to originate a call over a Tie Line.
Memory Block
3-28
Function
Tie Line Reorder Tone Selection
Default
YS
NO
(Do not send)
Selections
YS
(Send)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
Reorder
Reorder
Reorder
Reorder
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Tone
Tone
Tone
Tone
No.
No.
No.
No.
Selection
Selection
Selection
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 256
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 29
3-29
Trunk Internal Transmit Pad Selection
Specifies a dB volume level for calls originated from the extensions of a local system to a
distant system.
Memory Block
3-29
Function
Trunk Internal Transmit Pad Selection
Default
8
2 dB
4 dB
6 dB
8 dB
12 dB
16 dB
3 dB
-3 dB
0 dB
Selections

Refer to the Multiline Terminal Programming chapter in the Electra Elite
IPK Programming Manual.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 257

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 30
3-30
Trunk Internal Receive Pad Selection
Specifies a dB volume level for calls coming into extensions of a local system from a distant
system.
Memory Block
3-30
Function
Trunk Internal Receive Pad Selection
Default
8
Selections
2 dB
4 dB
6 dB
8 dB
12 dB
16 dB
3 dB
-3 dB
0 dB
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 258
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 31
3-31
Trunk External Transmit Pad Selection
Specifies a dB volume level for tandem calls between a local system and two distant
systems.
Memory Block
3-31
Function
Trunk External Transmit Pad Selection
Default
0
Selections
2 dB
4 dB
6 dB
8 dB
12 dB
16 dB
3 dB
-3 dB
0 dB
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 259

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 32
3-32
Trunk External Receive Pad Selection
Specifies a dB volume level for tandem calls between a local system and two distant
systems.
Memory Block
3-32
Function
Trunk External Receive Pad Selection
Default
0
Selections
2 dB
4 dB
6 dB
8 dB
12 dB
16 dB
3 dB
-3 dB
0 dB
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
CO/PBX
Pad
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 260
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 33
3-33
Disconnect Recognition Time Selection
Specifies the minimum time before a disconnected circuit can be accessed again.
Memory Block
3-33
Function
Disconnect Recognition Time Selection
Default
0.3
Time in seconds
Selections
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No..
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 261

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 38
3-38
Automated Attendant Message to Trunk Selection
Assigns the Automated Attendant Message for each CO/PBX Trunk. When the Automated
Attendant Message is assigned to each CO/PBX Trunk, the system automatically answers
the incoming call and sends an Automated Attendant Message to the calling party.
Memory Block
3-38
Function
Automated Attendant Message to Trunk Selection
Default
Message 1
Automated Attendant Messages 1~8
Selections
Automated Attendant messages 1~8 are customized messages
per user requirements that can be programmed by the user or
technician.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable Message No. (1~8) for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Message
CO/PBX
Message
CO/PBX
Message
CO/PBX
Message
No.
Assignment
No.
Assignment
No.
Assignment
No.
Assignment
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 262
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 40
3-40
Automatic Release Signal Detection Selection
Specifies the signal detection time for release of a CO/PBX line, when a disconnect signal
is received from the distant Central Office or PBX.
Memory Block
3-40
Function
Automatic Release Signal Detection Selection
Default
350
Time in milliseconds
Selections
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
(No Limit)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
CO/PBX
Time
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 263

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 41
3-41
Delay Announcement Assignment
Specifies whether or not a Delay Announcement is sent to the calling party for Day and/or
Night Mode per CO Port.
Memory Block
3-41
Function
Delay Announcement Assignment
Default
NN (No Delay Announcement for all CO Port Nos.)
Selections
Refer to the Setting Data Table below.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Setting Data
Line Key
LCD Indication
Delay Announcement
1
NN
No
2
YN
Day only
3
NY
Night only
4
YY
Day and Night
Enter assignment for each CO/PBX No.
CO/
CO/
CO/
CO/
PBX
Setting Data
PBX
Setting Data
PBX
Setting Data
PBX
Setting Data
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 264
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 42 and 43
3-42
DIT Assignment
Assigns a Day Mode direct trunk termination to a station. R2500 or higher is required for
5-, 6-, or 7-digit extension numbers.
3-43
ANA Assignment
Assigns a Night Mode direct trunk termination to a station. R2500 or higher is required for
5-, 6-, or 7-digit extension numbers.
Memory Block
3-42
3-43
Function
DIT Assignment
ANA Assignment
Default
No Assignment
No Assignment
Selections
Station No.
2-Digit (10~89)
Station No.
2-Digit (10~89)
3-Digit (100~899)
3-Digit (100~899)
4-Digit (1000~8999)
4-Digit (1000~8999)
5-Digit (X-0000~9999)
5-Digit (X-0000~9999)
6-Digit (XX-0000~9999)
6-Digit (XX-0000~9999)
7-Digit (XXX-0000~9999)
7-Digit (XXX-0000~9999)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/
Station No.
CO/
Station No.
CO/
Station No.
CO/
Station No.
PBX
PBX
PBX
PBX
3-42
3-43
3-42
3-43
3-42
3-43
3-42
3-43
No.
No.
No..
No.
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 265

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/
Station No.
CO/
Station No.
CO/
Station No.
CO/
Station No.
PBX
PBX
PBX
PBX
3-42
3-43
3-42
3-43
3-42
3-43
3-42
3-43
No.
No.
No..
No.
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 266
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 44
3-44
Caller ID Display Assignment for CO/PBX Line
Assigns one Multiline Terminal, per CO/PBX line, to display ANI/Caller ID indication on
incoming CO/PBX calls. This Memory Block is used for R1600 or lower. For R1700 or
higher it is no longer needed.
Memory Block
3-44
Function
Caller ID Display Assignment for CO/PBX Line
Default
Not Specified
Selections
Tel Port No. 01~C0
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Tel Port
CO/PBX
Tel Port
CO/PBX
Tel Port
CO/PBX
Tel Port
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 267

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 45
3-45
Live Record Trunk Selection
Specifies whether or not to allow Live Record for Digital Voice Mail per Trunk.
Memory Block
3-45
Function
Live Record Trunk Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO (Deny)
YS (Allow)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
Memory
Memory
3-45
3-45
Block
Block
CO/PBX
Live Record Trunk
CO/PBX
Live Record Trunk
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
19
02
20
03
21
04
22
05
23
06
24
07
25
08
26
09
27
10
28
11
29
12
30
13
31
14
32
15
33
16
34
17
35
18
36
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 268
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory
Memory
3-45
3-45
Block
Block
CO/PBX
Live Record Trunk
CO/PBX
Live Record Trunk
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
37
51
38
52
39
53
40
54
41
55
42
56
43
57
44
58
45
59
46
60
47
61
48
62
49
63
50
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 269

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 50
3-50
ISDN Line SPID Assignment
Assigns the ISDN Line SPID number.
Memory Block
3-50
Function
ISDN Line SPID Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Selections
20 Digits (maximum)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter ISDN Line SPID number for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
SPID
SPID
SPID
SPID
No..
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 270
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 52
3-52
ISDN Trunk Directory Number Assignment
Assigns the ISDN Directory Number.
Memory Block
3-52
Function
ISDN Trunk Directory Number Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Selections
20 Digits (maximum)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter ISDN Directory Number for each CO/PBX No.
CO/
CO/
CO/
CO/
ISDN Directory
ISDN Directory
ISDN Directory
ISDN Directory
PBX
PBX
PBX
PBX
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 271

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 53
3-53
Caller Name Indication Selection
Specifies checking for a match to a speed dial number when a Caller ID number is
detected. When a name is assigned to a matched number, the name can be displayed
depending on this assignment.
Memory Block
3-53
Function
Caller Name Indication Selection
Default
NUM
Selections
NO
NUM (Number) NAM (Name) TRK
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/
CO/
CO/
CO/
CO Line
CO Line
CO Line
CO Line
PBX
PBX
PBX
PBX
Selection
Selection
Selection
Selection
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 272
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 59
3-59
Automated Attendant Function Selection
Specifies whether the Automated Attendant is to operate in the Normal AA/DISA mode or
Automatic Answer with Delay Message Mode.
Memory Block
3-59
Function
Automated Attendant Function Selection
Default
NORMAL
Selections
NORMAL
DELAY
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Automated Attendant Function Selection for each CO/PBX No.
CO/
Function Selection
CO/
Function Selection
CO/
Function Selection
PBX
PBX
PBX
No.
Normal
Delayed
No.
Normal
Delayed
No.
Normal
Delayed
01
24
47
02
25
48
03
26
46
04
27
47
05
28
48
06
29
49
07
30
50
08
31
51
09
32
52
10
33
53
11
34
54
12
35
55
13
36
56
14
37
57
15
38
58
16
39
59
17
40
60
18
41
61
19
42
62
20
43
63
21
44
64
22
45
23
46
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 273

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 61
3-61
DIT/ANA Delay Answer Time Selection
Specifies the time an incoming call rings before changing to a DIT/ANA call. With R3000 or
higher, this memory block can be adjusted in 1-second intervals.
Memory Block
3-61
Function
DIT/ANA Delay Answer Time Selection
Default
0s (R2500 or lower) 00s (R3000 or higher)
R2500 or lower: 0s, 5s, 10s, 20s, 30s, 40s, 50s, 60s
Selections
R3000 or higher: 00s (infinity, No Time) and 01s~99s
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the DIT/ANA Delay Answer Time Selection for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Setting Data
Setting Data
Setting Data
No.
No.
No.
01
24
47
02
25
48
03
26
46
04
27
47
05
28
48
06
29
49
07
30
50
08
31
51
09
32
52
10
33
53
11
34
54
12
35
55
13
36
56
14
37
57
15
38
58
16
39
59
17
40
60
18
41
61
19
42
62
20
43
63
21
44
64
22
45
23
46
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 274
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 62
3-62
DIT Tenant Assignment
Assigns each Trunk to a Master Tenant for the DIT/ANA to follow the Day/Night/Weekend
Mode settings.
Memory Block
3-62
Function
DIT Tenant Assignment
Default
00
Selections
Tenant 00 ~ 47
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Automated Attendant Function Selection for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Setting Data
Setting Data
Setting Data
No.
No.
No.
01
24
47
02
25
48
03
26
46
04
27
47
05
28
48
06
29
49
07
30
50
08
31
51
09
32
52
10
33
53
11
34
54
12
35
55
13
36
56
14
37
57
15
38
58
16
39
59
17
40
60
18
41
61
19
42
62
20
43
63
21
44
64
22
45
23
46
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 275

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 63
3-63
DIT Weekend Mode Selection
Enables Holiday Mode check on Tenant Groups for incoming DIT calls.
Memory Block
3-63
Function
DIT Weekend Mode Selection
Default
YS
Selections
YS NO
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the DIT Weekend Mode Selection for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Setting Data
Setting Data
Setting Data
No.
No.
No.
01
24
47
02
25
48
03
26
46
04
27
47
05
28
48
06
29
49
07
30
50
08
31
51
09
32
52
10
33
53
11
34
54
12
35
55
13
36
56
14
37
57
15
38
58
16
39
59
17
40
60
18
41
61
19
42
62
20
43
63
21
44
64
22
45
23
46
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 276
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 64
3-64
DIT Night Mode Delay Answer Selection
Specifies whether or not the DIT Delay Answer Time applies to the CO/PBX calls received
in Night mode.
Memory Block
3-64
Function
DIT Night Mode Delay Answer Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the DIT Night Mode Delay Answer Selection for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Setting Data
Setting Data
Setting Data
No.
No.
No.
01
24
47
02
25
48
03
26
46
04
27
47
05
28
48
06
29
49
07
30
50
08
31
51
09
32
52
10
33
53
11
34
54
12
35
55
13
36
56
14
37
57
15
38
58
16
39
59
17
40
60
18
41
61
19
42
62
20
43
63
21
44
64
22
45
23
46
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 277

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 65
3-65
Hold Tone Automated Attendant Selection
Specifies which Automated Attendant message is played to an extension or DID trunk on
an incoming call.
Memory Block
3-65
Function
Hold Tone Automated Attendant Selection
Default
NONE
Selections
MSG1~MSG8
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
MSG
MSG
MSG
MSG
No.
No..
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 278
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 67
3-67
CO/PBX Ringing Pattern Selection
Specifies the ring pattern assigned to each CO/PBX line.
Memory Block
3-67
Function
CO/PBX Ringing Pattern Selection
Default
(None)
Selections
Patterns A~H. Refer to Electra Elite IPK Programming Manual.
New Entry
Enter pattern in the table below for each CO/PBX line.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Pattern
Pattern
Pattern
Pattern
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 279

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 69
3-69
911 Cut Through Trunk Selection
Specifies Trunk or Trunks released when a 911 call is placed.
Memory Block
3-69
Function
911 Cut Through Trunk Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO, YES
New Entry
Enter selection in the table below for each CO/PBX line.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Selection
Selection
Selection
Selection
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 280
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 70
3-70
CIC Number Assignment
Assigns Circuit Identification Code for each voice channel used for K-CCIS.
Memory Block
3-70
Function
CIC Number Assignments
Default
000 (Not Specified)
Selections
CIC range is 001~127
New Entry
Enter selection in the table below for each CO/PBX line.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Selection
Selection
Selection
Selection
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 281

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 73
3-73
CO Message Waiting Yes/No Selection
Specifies whether or not the CO Message Waiting feature is used per CO/PBX Line (R2000
or higher).
Memory Block
3-73
Function
CO Message Waiting Yes/No Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO, YES
New Entry
Enter selection in the table below for each CO/PBX line.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Selection
Selection
Selection
Selection
No.
No.
No.
No.
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 282
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 90
3-90
Polarity Reverse Selection
Specifies whether or not to reverse the polarity to provide an answer supervision signal.
This is not normally supported by the CO in North America and Canada.
Memory Block
3-90
Function
Polarity Reverse Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO
YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
Polarity
Polarity
Polarity
Polarity
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
CO/PBX
Reverse
Reverse
Reverse
Reverse
No.
No.
No.
No.
Selection
Selection
Selection
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 283

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 91
3-91
Trunk Type Selection
Specifies each external line as a CO line, PBX/CTX, Tie/DID line, or CTX Assume-9.
Memory Block
3-91
Function
Trunk Type Selection
Default
CO
Selections
CO
PBX/CTX TIE
DID
CTX (Assume-9)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Trunk Type
CO/PBX
Trunk Type
CO/PBX
Trunk Type
CO/PBX
Trunk Type
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 284
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Mode (LK3)
No. 92
3-92
Trunk (Installed, DP/DTMF) Selection
Specifies each external line as DP (10 pps or 20 pps), or DTMF line, or not
connected (NIL).
Memory Block
3-92
Function
Trunk (Installed, DP/DTMF) Selection
Default
MF
Selections
NIL
DP 10 pps
DP 20 pps
MF
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter data for each CO/PBX No.
CO/PBX
Trunk
CO/PBX
Trunk
CO/PBX
Trunk
CO/PBX
Trunk
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
No.
Selection
01
17
33
49
02
18
34
50
03
19
35
51
04
20
36
52
05
21
37
53
06
22
38
54
07
23
39
55
08
24
40
56
09
25
41
57
10
26
42
58
11
27
43
59
12
28
44
60
13
29
45
61
14
30
46
62
15
31
47
63
16
32
48
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 285

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 01 and 02
4-01
CO/PBX Ring Assignment (Day Mode)
Assigns incoming CO/PBX calls to ring on Multiline Terminals in the Day Mode.
4-02
CO/PBX Ring Assignment (Night Mode)
Assigns incoming CO/PBX calls to ring on Multiline Terminals in the Night Mode.
Memory Block
4-01
4-02
Function
CO/PBX Ring Assignment (Day Mode)
CO/PBX Ring Assignment (Night Mode)
Green CO/PBX
lines
01~08
Green
CO/PBX lines 01~08
Default
ring on Tel Ports 01 and 02
ring on Tel Ports 01 and 02
CO/PBX Line LED:
CO/PBX Line LED:
OFF
= No Ring
OFF
= No Ring
Selections
Green
= Immediate Ring
Green)
= Immediate Ring
Red
= Delayed Ring
Red
= Delayed Ring
New Entry
Refer to the tables on the following pages.
Refer to the tables on the following pages.
New Entries for Memory Blocks 4-01 (D) and 4-02 (N):
Enter R (Ring) or D (Delayed Ring) for Day and/or Night Mode per CO/PBX line for each Tel. Port No.
Tel. Port
CO 01
CO 02
CO 03
CO 04
CO 05
CO 06
CO 07
CO 08
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 287

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 01
CO 02
CO 03
CO 04
CO 05
CO 06
CO 07
CO 08
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 288
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 01
CO 02
CO 03
CO 04
CO 05
CO 06
CO 07
CO 08
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 289

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 01
CO 02
CO 03
CO 04
CO 05
CO 06
CO 07
CO 08
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 290
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 09
CO 10
CO 11
CO 12
CO 13
CO 14
CO 15
CO 16
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 291

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 09
CO 10
CO 11
CO 12
CO 13
CO 14
CO 15
CO 16
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 292
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 09
CO 10
CO 11
CO 12
CO 13
CO 14
CO 15
CO 16
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 293

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 17
CO 18
CO 19
CO 20
CO 21
CO 22
CO 23
CO 24
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 294
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 17
CO 18
CO 19
CO 20
CO 21
CO 22
CO 23
CO 24
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 295

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 17
CO 18
CO 19
CO 20
CO 21
CO 22
CO 23
CO 24
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 296
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 25
CO 26
CO 27
CO 28
CO 29
CO 30
CO 31
CO 32
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 297

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 25
CO 26
CO 27
CO 28
CO 29
CO 30
CO 31
CO 32
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 298
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 25
CO 26
CO 27
CO 28
CO 29
CO 30
CO 31
CO 32
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 299

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 33
CO 34
CO 35
CO 36
CO 37
CO 38
CO 39
CO 40
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 300
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 33
CO 34
CO 35
CO 36
CO 37
CO 38
CO 39
CO 40
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 301

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 33
CO 34
CO 35
CO 36
CO 37
CO 38
CO 39
CO 40
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 302
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 41
CO 42
CO 43
CO 44
CO 45
CO 46
CO 47
CO 48
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 303

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 41
CO 42
CO 43
CO 44
CO 45
CO 46
CO 47
CO 48
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 304
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 41
CO 42
CO 43
CO 44
CO 45
CO 46
CO 47
CO 48
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 305

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 49
CO 50
CO 51
CO 52
CO 53
CO 54
CO 55
CO 56
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 306
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 49
CO 50
CO 51
CO 52
CO 53
CO 54
CO 55
CO 56
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 307

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 49
CO 50
CO 51
CO 52
CO 53
CO 54
CO 55
CO 56
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 308
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 57
CO 58
CO 59
CO 60
CO 61
CO 62
CO 63
CO 64
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 309

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO 57
CO 58
CO 59
CO 60
CO 61
CO 62
CO 63
CO 64
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 310
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO 57
CO 58
CO 59
CO 60
CO 61
CO 62
CO 63
CO 64
No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 311

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 03
4-03
Doorphone Chime Assignment (Day Mode)
Assigns up to four Doorphones to chime at each station in the Day Mode.
Memory Block
4-03
Function
Doorphone Chime Assignment (Day Mode)
Default
Ports 01 and 02 chime for DPH1~ DPH4
Selections
DPH1
DPH2
DPH3
DPH4
New Entry
Refer to the tables on the following pages.
Enter R for Ring or N for No Ring for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone
Port No. Selection 1 Selection 2 Selection 3 Selection 4
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 312
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone
Port No. Selection 1 Selection 2 Selection 3 Selection 4
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 313

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone
Port No. Selection 1 Selection 2 Selection 3 Selection 4
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 314
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone
Port No. Selection 1 Selection 2 Selection 3 Selection 4
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 315

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 04
4-04
Doorphone Chime Assignment (Night Mode)
Assigns up to four Doorphones to chime at each station in the Night Mode.
Memory Block
4-04
Function
Doorphone Chime Assignment (Night Mode)
Default
Ports 01 and 02 chime for DPH1~ DPH4
Selections
DPH1
DPH2
DPH3
DPH4
New Entry
Refer to the tables on the following pages.
Enter R for Ring or N for No Ring for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone
Port No. Selection 1 Selection 2 Selection 3 Selection 4
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 316
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone Doorphone
Port No. Selection 1 Selection 2 Selection 3 Selection 4
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 319

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 07 and 08
4-07
Code Restriction Class Assignment (Day Mode)
Specifies Code Restriction Class per station in Day Mode.
4-08
Code Restriction Class Assignment (Night Mode)
Specifies Code Restriction Class per station in Night Mode.
Memory Block
4-07
4-08
Function
Code Restriction Class Assignment (Day Mode)
Code Restriction Class Assignment ( Night Mode)
Default
All Stations = Class 00
All Stations = Class 00
Selections
Class 00~15
Class 00~15
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Refer to the table below.
Enter the Class Number in the applicable column for each Tel. Port No.
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
No.
4-07
4-08
No.
4-07
4-08
No.
4-07
4-08
No.
4-07
4-08
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
01
22
43
64
02
23
44
65
03
24
45
66
04
25
46
67
05
26
47
68
06
27
48
69
07
28
49
70
08
29
50
71
09
30
51
72
10
31
52
73
11
32
53
74
12
33
54
75
13
34
55
76
14
35
56
77
15
36
57
78
16
37
58
79
17
38
59
80
18
39
60
81
19
40
61
82
20
41
62
83
21
42
63
84
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 320
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
Port
M.B.
M.B.
No.
4-07
4-08
No.
4-07
4-08
No.
4-07
4-08
No.
4-07
4-08
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
Day
Night
85
94
A3
B2
86
95
A4
B3
87
96
A5
B4
88
97
A6
B5
89
98
A7
B6
90
99
A8
B7
91
A0
A9
B8
92
A1
B0
B9
93
A2
B1
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 321

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 09, 10, 11, and 13
4-09
Telephone to Tenant Assignment
Specifies Tenant Assignment per station.
4-10
Station Number Assignment
Assigns a Station Number to each telephone. With R2500 or higher, 5-, 6-, or 7-digit
Extension Numbers can be assigned.
4-11
Ringing Line Preference Selection
Specifies whether or not each station user can answer incoming ringing CO/PBX calls by
going off-hook.
4-13
CO/PBX Busy Forward Station Assignment
Specifies up to two telephones to ring when a CO/PBX call terminates at a busy station.
Memory Block
4-09
4-10
Function
Telephone to Tenant Assignment
Station Number Assignment
Default
All Telephones Tenant 00
100 for port 1 100~399 (Valid Stations)
Selections
Tenants 00~47
2-Digit
10~89
3-Digit
100~899
4-Digit
1000~8999
5-Digit
X-0000~9999
6-Digit
XX-0000~9999
7-Digit
XXX-0000~9999
New Entry
Refer to the applicable table.
Refer to the applicable table.
Memory Block
4-11
4-13
Function
Ringing Line Preference Selection
CO/PBX Busy Forward Station Assignment
Default
YS
Not Specified
Selections
NO
YS
Forward 1
Forward 2
New Entry
Refer to the applicable table.
Refer to the applicable table.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 322
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
4-09
4-10
4-11
4-13
Ringing Line
Tel. Port
Telephone to
Station
CO/PBX Busy Forward Station
Preference
No.
Tenant
Number
Assignment
Selection
Assignment
Assignment
Yes
No
Transfer 1
Transfer 2
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 323

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
4-09
4-10
4-11
4-13
Ringing Line
Tel. Port
Telephone to
Station
CO/PBX Busy Forward Station
Preference
No.
Tenant
Number
Assignment
Selection
Assignment
Assignment
Yes
No
Transfer 1
Transfer 2
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 324
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
4-09
4-10
4-11
4-13
Ringing Line
Tel. Port
Telephone to
Station
CO/PBX Busy Forward Station
Preference
No.
Tenant
Number
Assignment
Selection
Assignment
Assignment
Yes
No
Transfer 1
Transfer 2
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 325

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
4-09
4-10
4-11
4-13
Ringing Line
Tel. Port
Telephone to
Station
CO/PBX Busy Forward Station
Preference
No.
Tenant
Number
Assignment
Selection
Assignment
Assignment
Yes
No
Transfer 1
Transfer 2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 326
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 12
4-12
Line Key Selection for Telephone Mode
Assigns functions to each CO/PBX line key on each telephone in a tenant specified as
Telephone Mode in Memory Block 2-05 (Line Key Selection).
Memory Block
4-12
Function
Line Key Selection for Telephone Mode
Default
CO (CO/PBX Line 1~8 on Line keys 1~8)
After entering a Telephone Number (01~C0) and CO/PBX Line
Key Number, enter one of the following for each CO/PBX Line
Key:
·
NON
(Not Specified)
·
H SET (Headset)
·
CO
(CO/PBX line 01~64)
·
SCROLL (for ANI/Caller ID)
·
FW BNA
(Call Forward - Busy/No Answer On/Off)
·
DND (Break On/Off)
Selections
·
FW ALL
(Call Forward - All Calls On/Off)
·
LOG (On/Off)
·
C
(Call Appearance 01~24)
·
BGM (On/Off)
·
F A
(Feature Access 01~16)
·
ICM
·
TKGP
(Trunk Group 01~32)
·
ADV
(Route Advance Block 01~32)
·
SIE
(Secondary Incoming Extension 01~C0)
·
MIC
(Microphone)
New Entry
Refer to the following table.
Enter the CO/PBX line key number for each Tel. Port No.
Tel. Port
CO/PBX Line Key Number
No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 327

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO/PBX Line Key Number
No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 328
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO/PBX Line Key Number
No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 329

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO/PBX Line Key Number
No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 330
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. Port
No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 331

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. Port
No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 332
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. Port
No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 333

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. Port
No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 334
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 14, 15, 17, and 18
4-14
Intercom Master Hunt Number Selection
Assigns a master intercom number to each telephone.
4-15
Intercom Master Hunt Number Forward Assignment
Specifies a telephone to ring when a Master Hunt Number, specified in Memory Block 4-14
(Intercom Master Hunt Number Selection), is busy. With R2500 or higher, a 5-, 6-, or
7-digit Master Hunt Number can be assigned.
4-17
Station to Class of Service Feature Assignment
Specifies a class for each Table (1 and 2) to enable/disable features per station.
4-18
Station Name Assignment
Assigns a name for the telephone station.
Memory Block
4-14
4-15
Intercom Master Hunt Number Forward
Function
Intercom Master Hunt Number Selection
Assignment
Default
NO
All telephones not specified.
2-digit:
10~89
3-digit:
100~899
4-digit:
1000~8999
Selections
NO
YS
5-digit:
X-0000~9999
6-digit:
XX-0000~9999
7-digit:
XXX-0000~9999
New Entry
Refer to the table on next page.
Refer to the table on next page.
Memory Block
4-17
4-18
Station to Class of Service Feature
Function
Station Name Assignment
Assignment
Default
Refer to Default Table M.B. 4-17 on next page.
Not specified.
Selections
Table 1
Table 2
Up to 6 digits/characters.
New Entry
Refer to the table on next page.
Refer to the table on next page.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 335

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Default Table - M.B. 4-17
Tel No.
Table No.
Setting Data
1
ATTN
Service Class 00
01
2
STA
Service Class 00
1
ATTN
Service Class 00
02
2
STA
Service Class 00
1
ATTN
Service Class 15
03
2
STA
Service Class 00
~
~
~
1
ATTN
Service Class 15
CO
2
STA
Service Class 00
Enter the data for each Memory Block.
Memory Block
4-14
4-15
4-17
4-18
Intercom Master
Intercom
Station to Class of
Tel. Port No.
Hunt Number
Master Hunt
Service Feature
Station Name
Selection
Number
Assignment
Assignment
Forward
Yes
No
Assignment
Table 1
Table 2
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 336
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
4-14
4-15
4-17
4-18
Intercom Master
Intercom
Station to Class of
Tel. Port No.
Hunt Number
Master Hunt
Service Feature
Station Name
Selection
Number
Assignment
Assignment
Forward
Yes
No
Assignment
Table 1
Table 2
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 337

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Memory Block
4-14
4-15
4-17
4-18
Intercom Master
Intercom
Station to Class of
Tel. Port No.
Hunt Number
Master Hunt
Service Feature
Station Name
Selection
Number
Assignment
Assignment
Forward
Yes
No
Assignment
Table 1
Table 2
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 338
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Memory Block
4-14
4-15
4-17
4-18
Intercom Master
Intercom
Station to Class of
Tel. Port No.
Hunt Number
Master Hunt
Service Feature
Station Name
Selection
Number
Assignment
Assignment
Forward
Yes
No
Assignment
Table 1
Table 2
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 339

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 19
4-19
Trunk Outgoing Restriction
Specifies whether or not to restrict line seizure for an outgoing call per CO/PBX line.
Memory Block
4-19
Function
Trunk Outgoing Restriction
Default
Off (Not Restricted)
Selections
On (Restricted)
Off (Not Restricted)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a Y for Restricted or a N for Not Restricted in the applicable column.
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 340
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 341

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 342
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 343

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 344
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 345

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 346
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 347

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 348
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
CO Line Number
No.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 349

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
CO Line No.
Tel.
CO Line No.
Tel.
CO Line No.
Port
Port
Port
No.
61 62 63 64
No.
61 62 63 64
No.
61 62 63 64
01
41
81
02
42
82
03
43
83
04
44
84
05
45
85
06
46
86
07
47
87
08
48
88
09
49
89
10
50
90
11
51
91
12
52
92
13
53
93
14
54
94
15
55
95
16
56
96
17
57
97
18
58
98
19
59
99
20
60
A0
21
61
A1
22
62
A2
23
63
A3
24
64
A4
25
65
A5
26
66
A6
27
67
A7
28
68
A8
29
69
A9
30
70
B0
31
71
B1
32
72
B2
33
73
B3
34
74
B4
35
75
B5
36
76
B6
37
77
B7
38
78
B8
39
79
B9
40
80
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 350
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 23
4-23
Prime Line/Hot Line Assignment
Enables a station user to access various features when going off-hook.
Memory Block
4-23
Function
Prime Line/Hot Line Assignment
Default
Not Specified
For Prime Line, enter the Access Code for one of the following:
· Trunk
· Trunk Group
· Route Advance Block
Selections
For Hot Line, enter one of the following:
· Station Number
· Access Code + Dial Number [Check Memory Blocks 1-1-46 and 1-1-47,
Function Codes 063 and 064]
· Speed Dial Access Code + Speed Dial Buffer Number
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the assignment for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Prime Line
Hot Line
Port
Prime Line
Hot Line
No.
No.
01
17
02
18
03
19
04
20
05
21
06
22
07
23
08
24
09
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 351

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Prime Line
Hot Line
Port
Prime Line
Hot Line
No.
No.
33
68
34
69
35
70
36
71
37
72
38
73
39
74
40
75
41
76
42
77
43
78
44
79
45
80
46
81
47
82
48
83
49
84
50
85
51
86
52
87
53
88
54
89
55
90
56
91
57
92
58
93
59
94
60
95
61
96
62
97
63
98
64
99
65
A0
66
A1
67
A2
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 352
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Prime Line
Hot Line
Port
Prime Line
Hot Line
No.
No.
A3
B2
A4
B3
A5
B4
A6
B5
A7
B6
A8
B7
A9
B8
B0
B9
B1
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 353

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 24
4-24
SLT Hookflash Assignment
Specifies the Single Line Telephone (SLT) hooking operation to either Hold or Disconnect
the trunk.
Memory Block
4-24
Function
SLT Hookflash Assignment
Default
HOLD
Selections
HOLD
DISC
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
HOLD
DISC
No.
HOLD
DISC
No.
HOLD
DISC
No.
HOLD
DISC
01
25
49
73
02
26
50
74
03
27
51
75
04
28
52
76
05
29
53
77
06
30
54
78
07
31
55
79
08
32
56
80
09
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 354
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Tel.
SLT Hookflash
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
HOLD
DISC
No.
HOLD
DISC
No.
HOLD
DISC
No.
HOLD
DISC
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 355

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 26
4-26
DISA ID Number Station Assignment
Assigns the DISA ID Buffer Number corresponding to the station port number. The SMDR
printout of the station number corresponds to the calling party that dialed the DISA ID
number.
Default Table
Memory Block
4-26
Telephone Port No.
DISA ID Buffer No.
Function
DISA ID Number Station Assignment
01
01
Default
Refer to the Default Table
02
02
~
~
Selections
Refer to the Default Table
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
C0
C0
Enter the DISA ID Buffer Number that corresponds to the Tel. Port No.
Tel. Port
DISA ID
Tel. Port
DISA ID
Tel. Port
DISA ID
Tel. Port
DISA ID
No.
Buffer No.
No.
Buffer No.
No.
Buffer No.
No.
Buffer No.
01
24
47
70
02
25
48
71
03
26
49
72
04
27
50
73
05
28
51
74
06
29
52
75
07
30
53
76
08
31
54
77
09
32
55
78
10
33
56
79
11
34
57
80
12
35
58
81
13
36
59
82
14
37
60
83
15
38
61
84
16
39
62
85
17
40
63
86
18
41
64
87
19
42
65
88
20
43
66
89
21
44
67
90
22
45
68
91
23
46
69
92
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 356
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
DISA ID
Tel. Port
DISA ID
Tel. Port
DISA ID
Tel. Port
DISA ID
No.
Buffer No.
No.
Buffer No.
No.
Buffer No.
No.
Buffer No.
93
A0
A7
B4
94
A1
A8
B5
95
A2
A9
B6
96
A3
B0
B7
97
A4
B1
B8
98
A5
B2
B9
99
A6
B3
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 357

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 28
4-28
Multilingual LCD Indication Selection
Specifies whether Japanese, French, English or Spanish is displayed on the Multiline
Terminal LCD.
Memory Block
4-28
Function
Multilingual LCD Indication Selection
Default
ENG
Selections
JAPA
FREN
ENG
SPAN
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
LCD INDICATION
Tel.
LCD INDICATION
Port
Port
No.
English
French
Japanese
Spanish
No.
English
French
Japanese
Spanish
1
26
2
27
3
28
4
29
5
30
6
31
7
32
8
33
9
34
10
35
11
36
12
37
13
38
14
39
15
40
16
41
17
42
18
43
19
44
20
45
21
46
22
47
23
48
24
49
25
50
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 358
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
LCD INDICATION
Tel.
LCD INDICATION
Port
Port
No.
English
French
Japanese
Spanish
No.
English
French
Japanese
Spanish
51
86
52
87
53
88
54
89
55
90
56
91
57
92
58
93
59
94
60
95
61
96
62
97
63
98
64
99
65
A0
66
A1
67
A2
68
A3
69
A4
70
A5
71
A6
72
A7
73
A8
74
A9
75
B0
76
B1
77
B2
78
B3
79
B4
80
B5
81
B6
82
B7
83
B8
84
B9
85
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 359

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 29
4-29
HFU Selection
Enables/disables the built-in Handsfree HFU-U Unit per station.
Memory Block
4-29
Function
HFU Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO
YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for HFU-U Unit enable.
Tel.
HFU Selection
Tel.
HFU Selection
Tel.
HFU Selection
Tel.
HFU Selection
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 360
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
HFU Selection
Tel.
HFU Selection
Tel.
HFU Selection
Tel.
HFU Selection
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 361

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 30
4-30
Hold/Transfer Recall Display Selection
Enables/disables the Hold Recall indication on the LCD.
Memory Block
4-30
Function
Hold/Transfer Recall Display Selection
Default
YS
Selections
YS
NO
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Hold/Transfer Recall indication.
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Port
Recall
Port
Recall
Port
Recall
Port
Recall
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 362
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Tel.
Hold/Transfer
Port
Recall
Port
Recall
Port
Recall
Port
Recall
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 363

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 31
4-31
Receiving Internal/All Call Page Selection
Enables/disables receiving an Internal Zone or Internal All Zone page per station.
Memory Block
4-31
Function
Receiving Internal/All Call Page Selection
Default
YS
Selections
YS
NO
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for receiving internal page.
Tel.
Receive
Tel.
Receive
Tel.
Receive
Tel.
Receive
Port
Internal Page
Port
Internal Page
Port
Internal Page
Port
Internal Page
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 364
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Receive
Tel.
Receive
Tel.
Receive
Tel.
Receive
Port
Internal Page
Port
Internal Page
Port
Internal Page
Port
Internal Page
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 365

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 32
4-32
Trunk Digit Restriction
Specifies the maximum number of digits that can be dialed while on any outside line per
port. The Code Restriction must be set before this feature can be used.
Memory Block
4-32
Function
Trunk Digit Restriction
Default
00
Selections
00 (No Limit), 01~99 digits
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Fill in the applicable data for Trunk Digit Restriction.
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
No.
Restriction
No.
Restriction
No.
Restriction
No.
Restriction
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 366
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
Tel. Port
Trunk Digit
No.
Restriction
No.
Restriction
No.
Restriction
No.
Restriction
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 367

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 35
4-35
Voice Mail/SLT Selection
Specifies whether or not a Voice Mail system is interfaced with the system for the SLT
ports.
Memory Block
4-35
Function
Voice Mail/SLT Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO
YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for each Voice Mail interface.
Tel.
Voice Mail
Tel.
Voice Mail
Tel.
Voice Mail
Tel.
Voice Mail
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
1
25
49
73
2
26
50
74
3
27
51
75
4
28
52
76
5
29
53
77
6
30
54
78
7
31
55
79
8
32
56
80
9
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 368
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Voice Mail
Tel.
Voice Mail
Tel.
Voice Mail
Tel.
Voice Mail
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 369

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 36
4-36
Voice Prompt Selection
Specifies whether to Allow or Deny Voice Prompt per port.
Memory Block
4-36
Function
Voice Prompt Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO (Deny)
YS (Allow)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for each Voice Prompt enable.
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
1
25
49
73
2
26
50
74
3
27
51
75
4
28
52
76
5
29
53
77
6
30
54
78
7
31
55
79
8
32
56
80
9
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 370
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Tel.
Voice Prompt
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
No.
Yes
No
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 371

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tenant Mode (LK4)
No. 37 and 38
4-37
Extension Line Key Ring Assignment (Day Mode)
Specifies the ringing assignment on incoming calls to a Secondary Incoming Extension
(SIE) or a Call Arrival key in Day Mode.
4-38
Extension Line Key Ring Assignment (Night Mode)
Specifies the ringing assignment on incoming calls to a Secondary Incoming Extension
(SIE) or Call Arrival key in Night Mode.
Memory Block
4-37
Function
Extension Line Key Ring Assignment (Day Mode)
Default
Off (All Telephones)
CO/PBX Line key LED
Off
No Ring
Selections
Green
Immediate Ring
Red)
Delayed Ring
New Entry
Refer to the table on the next page.

Memory Block
4-38
Function
Extension Line Key Ring Assignment (Night Mode)
Default
Off (All Telephones)
CO/PBX Line key LED
Off
No Ring
Selections
Green
Immediate Ring
Red
Delayed Ring
New Entry
Refer to the table on the next page.
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 372
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
New Entries for M.B. 4-37 (D) and 4-38 (N):
Enter R (Ring) or D (Delayed Ring) for Day and/or Night mode per CO/PBX line key for each Telephone
Port Number.

LK 1

LK 2

LK 3

LK 4

LK 5

LK 6

LK 7

LK 8
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 373

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

LK 1

LK 2

LK 3

LK 4

LK 5

LK 6

LK 7

LK 8
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 374
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

LK 1

LK 2

LK 3

LK 4

LK 5

LK 6

LK 7

LK 8
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 375

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K

LK 1

LK 2

LK 3

LK 4

LK 5

LK 6

LK 7

LK 8
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 376
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

LK 9
LK 10
LK 11
LK 12
LK 13
LK 14
LK 15
LK 16
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 377

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
LK 9
LK 10
LK 11
LK 12
LK 13
LK 14
LK 15
LK 16
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 378
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
LK 9
LK 10
LK 11
LK 12
LK 13
LK 14
LK 15
LK 16
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 379

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
LK 9
LK 10
LK 11
LK 12
LK 13
LK 14
LK 15
LK 16
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 380
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

LK 17
LK 18
LK 19
LK 20
LK 21
LK 22
LK 23
LK 24
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 381

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
LK 17
LK 18
LK 19
LK 20
LK 21
LK 22
LK 23
LK 24
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 382
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
LK 17
LK 18
LK 19
LK 20
LK 21
LK 22
LK 23
LK 24
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 383

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
LK 17
LK 18
LK 19
LK 20
LK 21
LK 22
LK 23
LK 24
Tel. Port No.
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
D
N
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 384
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 39
4-39
APR Ring Mode Assignment
Specifies the ringing mode for a Single Line Telephone connected to the APR-U or
AP(R)-R.
Memory Block
4-39
Function
APR Ring Mode Assignment
Default
STA
LK 1 - NON
No Ring
LK 2 - STA
Only calls directed to the Multiline Terminal Station Number ring at the Single Line
Selections
Telephone connected to the AP(R)-R/APR-U Unit.
LK 3 - ALL
All calls that ring at the Multiline Terminal ring at the Single Line Telephone
connected to the AP(R)-R/APR-U Unit.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter N (No Ring), S (Station), or A (All) for each Tel. Port No.
Tel. Port
APR Ring
Tel. Port
APR Ring
Tel. Port
APR Ring
Tel. Port
APR Ring
No.
Mode
No.
Mode
No.
Mode
No.
Mode
1
23
45
67
2
24
46
68
3
25
47
69
4
26
48
70
5
27
49
71
6
28
50
72
7
29
51
73
8
30
52
74
9
31
53
75
10
32
54
76
11
33
55
77
12
34
56
78
13
35
57
79
14
36
58
80
15
37
59
81
16
38
60
82
17
39
61
83
18
40
62
84
19
41
63
85
20
42
64
86
21
43
65
87
22
44
66
88
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 385

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
APR Ring
Tel. Port
APR Ring
Tel. Port
APR Ring
Tel. Port
APR Ring
No.
Mode
No.
Mode
No.
Mode
No.
Mode
89
97
A5
B3
90
98
A6
B4
91
99
A7
B5
92
A0
A8
B6
93
A1
A9
B7
94
A2
B0
B8
95
A3
B1
B9
96
A4
B2
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 386
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 40
4-40
LCR Class Selection
Specifies the LCR Class per station. The Electra Elite IPK has four Area Code Tables.
Each LCR Class can have different Trunk group access to allow priority levels for the
station user. Specifies whether to use the LCR Class or the Automatic Route Selection
(ARS) class tables 1~4.
Memory Block
4-40
Function
LCR Class Selection
Default
0
Selections
Classes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter Class Number for each Tel. Port No.
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
24
47
70
2
25
48
71
3
26
49
72
4
27
50
73
5
28
51
74
6
29
52
75
7
30
53
76
8
31
54
77
9
32
55
78
10
33
56
79
11
34
57
80
12
35
58
81
13
36
59
82
14
37
60
83
15
38
61
84
16
39
62
85
17
40
63
86
18
41
64
87
19
42
65
88
20
43
66
89
21
44
67
90
22
45
68
91
23
46
69
92
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 387

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
Class No.
No.
No.
No.
No.
93
A0
A7
B4
94
A1
A8
B5
95
A2
A9
B6
96
A3
B0
B7
97
A4
B1
B8
98
A5
B2
B9
99
A6
B3
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 388
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 41
4-41
SIE/CAR Ringing Line Preference Selection
Specifies whether to allow/deny Ringing Line Preference (go off-hook or press Speaker
key) on all telephones that are assigned Secondary Incoming Extension (SIE) and/or Call
Arrival (CAR) keys.
Memory Block
4-41
Function
SIE/CAR Ringing Line Preference Selection
Default
YS
Selections
No(Deny)
YS (Allow)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for SIE/CAR Ringing.
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Port
Ringing Line
Port
Ringing Line
Port
Ringing Line
Port
Ringing Line
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
1
23
45
67
2
24
46
68
3
25
47
69
4
26
48
70
5
27
49
71
6
28
50
72
7
29
51
73
8
30
52
74
9
31
53
75
10
32
54
76
11
33
55
77
12
34
56
78
13
35
57
79
14
36
58
80
15
37
59
81
16
38
60
82
17
39
61
83
18
40
62
84
19
41
63
85
20
42
64
86
21
43
65
87
22
44
66
88
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 389

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Tel.
SIE/CAR
Port
Ringing Line
Port
Ringing Line
Port
Ringing Line
Port
Ringing Line
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
89
97
A5
B3
90
98
A6
B4
91
99
A7
B5
92
A0
A8
B6
93
A1
A9
B7
94
A2
B0
B8
95
A3
B1
B9
96
A4
B2
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 390
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 42
4-42
Call Forward Busy Immediately/Delay Selection
Specifies Immediate Forward (NO) or Delay Forward (YS) for an Incoming CO/PBX call
when the station is set for Call Forward Busy.

Memory Block
4-42
Function
Call Forward Busy Immediately/Delay Selection
Default
YS
Selections
NO (Immediate Forward) YS (Delay Forward)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Call Forward Busy.
Tel.
Immediate/
Tel.
Immediate/
Tel.
Immediate/
Tel.
Immediate/
Port
Delay
Port
Delay
Port
Delay
Port
Delay
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
1
23
45
67
2
24
46
68
3
25
47
69
4
26
48
70
5
27
49
71
6
28
50
72
7
29
51
73
8
30
52
74
9
31
53
75
10
32
54
76
11
33
55
77
12
34
56
78
13
35
57
79
14
36
58
80
15
37
59
81
16
38
60
82
17
39
61
83
18
40
62
84
19
41
63
85
20
42
64
86
21
43
65
87
22
44
66
88
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 391

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
Immediate/
Tel.
Immediate/
Tel.
Immediate/
Tel.
Immediate/
Port
Delay
Port
Delay
Port
Delay
Port
Delay
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
89
97
A5
B3
90
98
A6
B4
91
99
A7
B5
92
A0
A8
B6
93
A1
A9
B7
94
A2
B0
B8
95
A3
B1
B9
96
A4
B2
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 392
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 43
4-43
Station to Call Appearance Block Assignment
Assigns a Multiline Terminal to a Call Appearance Block.
Memory Block
4-43
Function
Station to Call Appearance Block Assignment
Default
All stations are assigned to Call Appearance Block 00.
Selections
Call Appearance Blocks 00~47.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable Block Number for each Tel. Port No.
Tel. Port
Block No.
Tel. Port
Block No.
Tel. Port
Block No.
Tel. Port
Block No.
No.
(00~47)
No.
(00~47)
No.
(00~47)
No.
(00~47)
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 393

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
Block No.
Tel. Port
Block No.
Tel. Port
Block No.
Tel. Port
Block No.
No.
(00~47)
No.
(00~47)
No.
(00~47)
No.
(00~47)
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 394
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 44
4-44
Caller ID Preset Dial Outgoing CO Selection
Assigns the Trunk group, the Route Advance group, or Closed Numbering group that is
seized for Caller ID Outgoing Calls. Use the ANI/Caller ID Scroll key to access the
ANI/Caller ID to be called.
Memory Block
4-44
Function
Caller ID Preset Dial Outgoing CO Selection
Default
Not Specified
Refer to Memory Block 1-1-46, Access Code (1-Digit) Assignment, for Access Code and Function
Selections
Number assignment in the Multiline Terminal Programming chapter in the Electra Elite IPK
Programming Manual.
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable Access Code for each Tel. Port No.
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Access Code
Access Code
Access Code
Access Code
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
23
45
67
2
24
46
68
3
25
47
69
4
26
48
70
5
27
49
71
6
28
50
72
7
29
51
73
8
30
52
74
9
31
53
75
10
32
54
76
11
33
55
77
12
34
56
78
13
35
57
79
14
36
58
80
15
37
59
81
16
38
60
82
17
39
61
83
18
40
62
84
19
41
63
85
20
42
64
86
21
43
65
87
22
44
66
88
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 395

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
Access Code
Access Code
Access Code
Access Code
No.
No.
No.
No.
89
97
A5
B3
90
98
A6
B4
91
99
A7
B5
92
A0
A8
B6
93
A1
A9
B7
94
A2
B0
B8
95
A3
B1
B9
96
A4
B2
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 396
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 46
4-46
Live Record Auto Delete Selection
Controls the Live Record messages after a call is transferred to any other station. This
memory block controls whether or not live record sessions that are not addressed by the
station user are deleted.
Memory Block
4-46
Function
Live Record Auto Delete Selection
Default
NO
Selections
YS
NO
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Live Record Auto Delete Selection.
Tel.
Live Record
Tel.
Live Record
Tel.
Live Record
Tel.
Live Record
Port
Auto Delete
Port
Auto Delete
Port
Auto Delete
Port
Auto Delete
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
01
23
45
67
02
24
46
68
03
25
47
69
04
26
48
70
05
27
49
71
06
28
50
72
07
29
51
73
08
30
52
74
09
31
53
75
10
32
54
76
11
33
55
77
12
34
56
78
13
35
57
79
14
36
58
80
15
37
59
81
16
38
60
82
17
39
61
83
18
40
62
84
19
41
63
85
20
42
64
86
21
43
65
87
22
44
66
88
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 397

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
Live Record
Tel.
Live Record
Tel.
Live Record
Tel.
Live Record
Port
Auto Delete
Port
Auto Delete
Port
Auto Delete
Port
Auto Delete
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
89
97
A5
B3
90
98
A6
B4
91
99
A7
B5
92
A0
A8
B6
93
A1
A9
B7
94
A2
B0
B8
95
A3
B1
B9
96
A4
B2
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 398
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 47
4-47
ISDN Directory Number Selection
Specifies whether or not the Directory Number is presented to the network when a call is
placed from the programmed station.

Memory Block
4-47
Function
ISDN Directory Number Selection
Default
YES
Selections
YES
NO
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for ISDN Calling Party ID Transfer Selection.
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Port
Party ID Transfer
Port
Party ID Transfer
Port
Party ID Transfer
Port
Party ID Transfer
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
01
23
45
67
02
24
46
68
03
25
47
69
04
26
48
70
05
27
49
71
06
28
50
72
07
29
51
73
08
30
52
74
09
31
53
75
10
32
54
76
11
33
55
77
12
34
56
78
13
35
57
79
14
36
58
80
15
37
59
81
16
38
60
82
17
39
61
83
18
40
62
84
19
41
63
85
20
42
64
86
21
43
65
87
22
44
66
88
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 399

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Tel.
ISDN Calling
Port
Party ID Transfer
Port
Party ID Transfer
Port
Party ID Transfer
Port
Party ID Transfer
No.
No.
No.
No.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
89
97
A5
B3
90
98
A6
B4
91
99
A7
B5
92
A0
A8
B6
93
A1
A9
B7
94
A2
B0
B8
95
A3
B1
B9
96
A4
B2
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 400
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 49
4-49
Caller ID Display for CAR Key Assignment
Assigns one Multiline Terminal per CAR to display ANI/Caller ID Indication on incoming
CAR calls. This Memory Block is used for R1600 or lower. For R1700 and higher it is no
longer required.
Memory Block
4-49
Function
Caller ID Display for CAR Key Assignment
Default
00
Selections
01~C0
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter Tel. port No. for each CAR port number.
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
Tel. Port
Port
Tel. Port No.
Port
Tel. Port No.
Port
Tel. Port No.
Port
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
1
19
37
55
2
20
38
56
3
21
39
57
4
22
40
58
5
23
41
59
6
24
42
60
7
25
43
61
8
26
44
62
9
27
45
63
10
28
46
64
11
29
47
65
12
30
48
66
13
31
49
67
14
32
50
68
15
33
51
69
16
34
52
70
17
35
53
71
18
36
54
72
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 401

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CAR
CAR
CAR
CAR
Tel. Port
Port
Tel. Port No.
Port
Tel. Port No.
Port
Tel. Port No.
Port
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
73
85
97
A9
74
86
98
B0
75
87
99
B1
76
88
A0
B2
77
89
A1
B3
78
90
A2
B4
79
91
A3
B5
80
92
A4
B6
81
93
A5
B7
82
94
A6
B8
83
95
A7
B9
84
96
A8
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 402
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 50
4-50
Multiline Terminal Type Selection
Assigns a DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL, DTP/DTU-32-1, DTP/DTR-32D-1 TEL, or DTU-32D-2
TEL with 16 Line Keys or 24 Line Keys.

Memory Block
4-50
Function
Multiline Terminal Type Selection
Default
16 (All stations)
Selections
16 Line keys
24 Line keys 24A Line keys
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
1.
Telephone ports A0~C0 are ports 100~120.
2.
Line Key Abbreviations:
LK = Line Key
OT = One-touch key
DTP/DTU-32-1 TEL or DTP-32D-1 or DTU-32D-2
16 Line Key Mode
24 Line Key Mode
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
OT 1
OT 9
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK17
LK21
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
OT 2
OT 10
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK18
LK22
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
OT 3
OT 11
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
LK19
LK23
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
OT 4
OT 12
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK20
LK24
OT 5
OT 13
OT 1
OT 5
OT 6
OT 14
OT 2
OT 6
OT 7
OT 15
OT 3
OT 7
OT 8
OT 16
OT 4
OT 8
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 403

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
DTH/DTR-32D-1 TEL
16 Line Key Mode
24 Line Key Mode
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
OT1
OT2
OT3
OT4
OT5
OT6
OT7
OT8
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
OT 1
OT 2
OT 3
OT 4
OT9
OT10 OT11
OT12 OT13 OT14 OT15 OT16
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
OT 5
OT 6
OT 7
OT 8
24A Line Key Mode
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
OT 1
OT 2
OT 3
OT 4
OT 5
OT 6
OT 7
OT 8
Enter the number of Multiline Terminal line keys.
Tel. Port
16 or 24
Tel. Port
16 or 24
Tel. Port
16 or 24
Tel. Port
16 or 24
No.
Line Keys
No.
Line Keys
No.
Line Keys
No.
Line Keys
01
27
53
79
02
28
54
80
03
29
55
81
04
30
56
82
05
31
57
83
06
32
58
84
07
33
59
85
08
34
60
86
09
35
61
87
10
36
62
88
11
37
63
89
12
38
64
90
13
39
65
91
14
40
66
92
15
41
67
93
16
42
68
94
17
43
69
95
18
44
70
96
19
45
71
97
20
46
72
98
21
47
73
99
22
48
74
A0
23
49
75
A1
24
50
76
A2
25
51
77
A3
26
52
78
A4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 404
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
16 or 24
Tel. Port
16 or 24
Tel. Port
16 or 24
Tel. Port
16 or 24
No.
Line Keys
No.
Line Keys
No.
Line Keys
No.
Line Keys
A5
A9
B3
B7
A6
B0
B4
B8
A7
B1
B5
B9
A8
B2
B6
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 405

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 51
4-51
Off-Hook Ringing Selection
Assigns Off-Hook Ringing to Multiline Terminals per station.
Memory Block
4-51
Function
Off-Hook Ringing Selection
Default
YS
Selections
YS
NO
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Off-Hook Ringing Selection.
Tel.
Off-Hook
Tel.
Off-Hook
Tel.
Off-Hook
Tel.
Off-Hook
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
No.
No.
No.
No.
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
1
24
47
70
2
25
48
71
3
26
49
72
4
27
50
73
5
28
51
74
6
29
52
75
7
30
53
76
8
31
54
77
9
32
55
78
10
33
56
79
11
34
57
80
12
35
58
81
13
36
59
82
14
37
60
83
15
38
61
84
16
39
62
85
17
40
63
86
18
41
64
87
19
42
65
88
20
43
66
89
21
44
67
90
22
45
68
91
23
46
69
92
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 406
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Off-Hook
Tel.
Off-Hook
Tel.
Off-Hook
Tel.
Off-Hook
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
No.
No.
No.
No.
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
93
A0
A7
B4
94
A1
A8
B5
95
A2
A9
B6
96
A3
B0
B7
97
A4
B1
B8
98
A5
B2
B9
99
A6
B3
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 407

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 52
4-52
CO/PBX Answer Key Operation without Ringing Assignment (Day Mode)
Use this Memory Block to specify day assignment Answer key operation with or without
ringing. When NO is selected, press the Answer key while an incoming CO line key is
flashing to answer the line key call. When YS is selected, the telephone must be ringing for
the Answer key to answer an incoming CO/PBX call.

Memory Block
4-52
CO/PBX Answer Key Operation without Ringing
Function
Assignment (Day Mode)
Default
YS
Selections
NO Ring
YS (Ring)
New Entry
See the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Answer Key Operation Without Ringing Selection.
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
No.
No.
No.
No.
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
1
22
43
64
2
23
44
65
3
24
45
66
4
25
46
67
5
26
47
68
6
27
48
69
7
28
49
70
8
29
50
71
9
30
51
72
10
31
52
73
11
32
53
74
12
33
54
75
13
34
55
76
14
35
56
77
15
36
57
78
16
37
58
79
17
38
59
80
18
39
60
81
19
40
61
82
20
41
62
83
21
42
63
84
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 408
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
No.
No.
No.
No.
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
85
94
A3
B2
86
95
A4
B3
87
96
A5
B4
88
97
A6
B5
89
98
A7
B6
90
99
A8
B7
91
A0
A9
B8
92
A1
B0
B9
93
A2
B1
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 409

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 53
4-53
CO/PBX Answer Key Operation without Ringing Assignment (Night Mode)
Use this Memory Block to specify night assignment Answer key operation with or without
ringing. When NO is selected, press the Answer key while an incoming CO line key is
flashing to answer the line key call. When YS is selected, the telephone must be ringing for
the Answer key to answer an incoming CO/PBX call.
Memory Block
4-53
CO/PBX Answer Key Operation without Ringing
Function
Assignment (Night Mode)
Default
YS
Selections
NO Ring
YS (Ring)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Answer Key Operation Without Ringing Selection.
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Tel.
Without
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
Port
Ringing Sel.
No.
No.
No.
No.
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
1
22
43
64
2
23
44
65
3
24
45
66
4
25
46
67
5
26
47
68
6
27
48
69
7
28
49
70
8
29
50
71
9
30
51
72
10
31
52
73
11
32
53
74
12
33
54
75
13
34
55
76
14
35
56
77
15
36
57
78
16
37
58
79
17
38
59
80
18
39
60
81
19
40
61
82
20
41
62
83
21
42
63
84
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 410
Memory Blocks

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 54
4-54
Enhanced 911 CESID to Station Table Assignment
Specifies E911 Caller Emergency Service Identification.
Memory Block
4-54
Function
Enhanced 911 CESID to Station Table Assignment
Default
Not Specified
Selections
15-Digit maximum
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a number (maximum 15 digits) for each station port.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
CESID
Port
CESID
Port
CESID
Port
CESID
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 412
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
CESID
Port
CESID
Port
CESID
Port
CESID
No.
No.
No.
No.
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 413

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 55
4-55
CO/PBX Telephone Ringing Pattern Selection
Specifies the ringing pattern assigned to each telephone.
Memory Block
4-55
Function
CO/PBX Telephone Ringing Pattern Selection
Default
(None)
Patterns A~H. Refer to Electra Elite IPK Programming
Selections
Manual
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a pattern for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Pattern
Port
Pattern
Port
Pattern
Port
Pattern
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 414
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Pattern
Port
Pattern
Port
Pattern
Port
Pattern
No.
No.
No.
No.
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 415

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 56
4-56
SMDR Telephone Print Selection
Specifies whether or not a call record is printed for the specified station.
Memory Block
4-56
Function
SMDR Telephone Print Selection
Default
YES
Selections
YES, No
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter selection for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
YS/NO
Port
YS/NO
Port
YS/NO
Port
YS/NO
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 416
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
YS/NO
Port
YS/NO
Port
YS/NO
Port
YS/NO
No.
No.
No.
No.
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 417

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 57
4-57
CO Line Ringing Pattern Priority Selection
Specifies the priority for station or CO/PBX line ringing.
Memory Block
4-57
Function
CO Line Ringing Pattern Priority Selection
Default
CO
Selections
CO, TEL
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Check applicable selection for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
CO
TEL
Port
CO
TEL
Port
CO
TEL
Port
CO
TEL
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 418
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
CO
TEL
Port
CO
TEL
Port
CO
TEL
Port
CO
TEL
No.
No.
No.
No.
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 419

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 58
4-58
Automated Attendant Selection for DID
Specifies Automated Attendant message for DID calls.
Memory Block
4-58
Function
Automated Attendant Selection for DID
Default
NON
Selections
NON, AA1~AA8
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Check applicable selection for each Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 420
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
Port
NON
AA1~AA8
No.
No.
No.
No.
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 421

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 59
4-59
APR/APA Hookflash Selection
Use to allow/deny Hookflash for AP(R)/AP(A)-R or APR/APA-U Unit.
Memory Block
4-59
Function
APR/APA Hookflash Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO, YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Place a check mark in ALLOW HOOKFLASH? column for each Tel. Port No. where hookflash is
allowed.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
ALLOW
ALLOW
ALLOW
ALLOW
Port
Port
Port
Port
HOOKFLASH?
HOOKFLASH?
HOOKFLASH?
HOOKFLASH?
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 422
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
ALLOW
ALLOW
ALLOW
ALLOW
Port
Port
Port
Port
HOOKFLASH?
HOOKFLASH?
HOOKFLASH?
HOOKFLASH?
No.
No.
No.
No.
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 423

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 62
4-62
ISDN-PRI Directory Number Selection
Provides the station DID number (CPN, Calling Party Number) to the network when placing
outgoing calls.
Memory Block
4-62
Function
ISDN-PRI Directory Number Selection
Default
Not Specified
Selections
Up to 13 digits
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Place up to 13 digits in Directory Number? column for each applicable Tel. Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Directory
Directory
Directory
Directory
Port
Port
Port
Port
Number?
Number?
Number?
Number?
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
26
51
76
2
27
52
77
3
28
53
78
4
29
54
79
5
30
55
80
6
31
56
81
7
32
57
82
8
33
58
83
9
34
59
84
10
35
60
85
11
36
61
86
12
37
62
87
13
38
63
88
14
39
64
89
15
40
65
90
16
41
66
91
17
42
67
92
18
43
68
93
19
44
69
94
20
45
70
95
21
46
71
96
22
47
72
97
23
48
73
98
24
49
74
99
25
50
75
A0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 424
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Directory
Directory
Directory
Directory
Port
Port
Port
Port
Number?
Number?
Number?
Number?
No.
No.
No.
No.
A1
A6
B1
B6
A2
A7
B2
B7
A3
A8
B3
B8
A4
A9
B4
B9
A5
B0
B5
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 425

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 64
4-64
Code Restriction Class (without Authorization Code) Day Mode Assignment
Specifies the Code Restriction Class for each station in Day Mode when Forced Account
Code/Authorization Code is set in Class of Service (Station) Feature Selection 2 and a call
is made without using a Forced Account Code/Authorization Code.
Memory Block
4-64
Code Restriction Class (without Authorization code) Day
Function
Mode Assignment
Default
All stations: Class 15
Selections
00~15
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter Code Restriction Class for each applicable Tel Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Port
Port
Port
Port
Class
Class
Class
Class
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
25
49
73
2
26
50
74
3
27
51
75
4
28
52
76
5
29
53
77
6
30
54
78
7
31
55
79
8
32
56
80
9
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 426
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Port
Port
Port
Port
Class
Class
Class
Class
No.
No.
No.
No.
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 427

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 65
4-65
Code Restriction Class (without Authorization Code) Night Mode Assignment
Specifies the Code Restriction Class for each station in Night Mode when Forced Account
Code/Authorization Code is set in Class of Service (Station) Feature Selection 2 and a call
is made without using a Forced Account Code/Authorization Code.
Memory Block
4-65
Code Restriction Class (without Authorization Code)
Function
Night Mode Assignment
Default
All stations: Class 15
Selections
00~15
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter Code Restriction Class for each applicable Tel Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Code Restriction
Port
Port
Port
Port
Class
Class
Class
Class
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
25
49
73
2
26
50
74
3
27
51
75
4
28
52
76
5
29
53
77
6
30
54
78
7
31
55
79
8
32
56
80
9
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 428
Memory Blocks

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 66
4-66
MOH or Ring Back Tone Selection
Assigns either choice for the outside party when a trunk call is placed on Hold by the
Transfer key on a multiline terminal, or Hook Flash from a Single Line Telephone, or the
Transfer or Hold key at a PSII station.
Memory Block
4-66
Function
MOH or Ring Back Tone Selection
Default
MOH
Selections
MOH, RBT
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Check applicable choice for each Tel Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
MOH RBT
Port
MOH RBT
Port
MOH RBT
Port
MOH RBT
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
25
49
73
2
26
50
74
3
27
51
75
4
28
52
76
5
29
53
77
6
30
54
78
7
31
55
79
8
32
56
80
9
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 430
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
MOH RBT
Port
MOH RBT
Port
MOH RBT
Port
MOH RBT
No.
No.
No.
No.
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 431

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 67
4-67
IP Station Number Assignment
Assigns a station number for each IP telephone supported by the IPCA( )-U( ) ETU (R2500
or higher).
Memory Block
4-67
Function
IP Station Number Assignment
Default
Not Specified
2 (00~89)-, 3 (000~899)-, or 4 (0000~8999)-digit Station
Selections
Number
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter Station Number for each applicable Tel Port No.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Station Number
Port
Station Number
Port
Station Number
Port
Station Number
No.
No.
No.
No.
1
25
49
73
2
26
50
74
3
27
51
75
4
28
52
76
5
29
53
77
6
30
54
78
7
31
55
79
8
32
56
80
9
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
18
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 432
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Tel.
Port
Station Number
Port
Station Number
Port
Station Number
Port
Station Number
No.
No.
No.
No.
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 433

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 68
4-68
LCD Line Key Name Assignment
Assigns name to each LCD Line Key (01~16) of each DTH/DTR-16LD-1 TEL.

Memory Block
4-68
Function
LCD Line Key Name Assignment
Default
LK01~08: CO01~08
Selections
Up to 8 characters
New Entry
Refer to the LK Assign/default table below.
LK Assign
Default
Note
NON (not assigned)
All Blank
CO Outside Lines
CO^xx
xx=Port 01~64
Call Forward Busy/No Answer
CFB
Call Forward All Calls
CFA
xx=Block 00~47
Call Appearance Keys (CAP)
CAPxx-yy
yy=Key 01~24
Programmable One-Touch Keys
FA xx
xx=key 01~24
Trunk Group
TKGP^xx
xx=Trunk Group 01~32
Route Advance Group
ADV^xx
xx=Group 01~16
SIE including CAR
SIE^xxx
xxx=Port No. 01~99, AO~CO
Microphone
MIC
Headset On/Off Key
HSET
Scroll Key for Caller ID indication
SCROLL
Do Not Disturb On/Off
DND
Log On/Off
LOG
BGM On/Off
BGM
Intercom Key
ICM

Default names are assigned based on line key type from Memory Block 4-12 (Line Key
Selection for Telephone Mode).
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 434
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Assign names for line keys for each port.
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
01
1
02
15
04
13
01
2
02
16
04
14
01
3
03
1
04
15
01
4
03
2
04
16
01
5
03
3
05
1
01
6
03
4
05
2
01
7
03
5
05
3
01
8
03
6
05
4
01
9
03
7
05
5
01
10
03
8
05
6
01
11
03
9
05
7
01
12
03
10
05
8
01
13
03
11
05
9
01
14
03
12
05
10
01
15
03
13
05
11
01
16
03
14
05
12
02
1
03
15
05
13
02
2
03
16
05
14
02
3
04
1
05
15
02
4
04
2
05
16
02
5
04
3
06
1
02
6
04
4
06
2
02
7
04
5
06
3
02
8
04
6
06
4
02
9
04
7
06
5
02
10
04
8
06
6
02
11
04
9
06
7
02
12
04
10
06
8
02
13
04
11
06
9
02
14
04
12
06
10
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 435

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
06
11
08
9
10
7
06
12
08
10
10
8
06
13
08
11
10
9
06
14
08
12
10
10
06
15
08
13
10
11
06
16
08
14
10
12
07
1
08
15
10
13
07
2
08
16
10
14
07
3
09
1
10
15
07
4
09
2
10
16
07
5
09
3
11
1
07
6
09
4
11
2
07
7
09
5
11
3
07
8
09
6
11
4
07
9
09
7
11
5
07
10
09
8
11
6
07
11
09
9
11
7
07
12
09
10
11
8
07
13
09
11
11
9
07
14
09
12
11
10
07
15
09
13
11
11
07
16
09
14
11
12
08
1
09
15
11
13
08
2
09
16
11
14
08
3
10
1
11
15
08
4
10
2
11
16
08
5
10
3
12
1
08
6
10
4
12
2
08
7
10
5
12
3
08
8
10
6
12
4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 436
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
12
5
14
3
16
1
12
6
14
4
16
2
12
7
14
5
16
3
12
8
14
6
16
4
12
9
14
7
16
5
12
10
14
8
16
6
12
11
14
9
16
7
12
12
14
10
16
8
12
13
14
11
16
9
12
14
14
12
16
10
12
15
14
13
16
11
12
16
14
14
16
12
13
1
14
15
16
13
13
2
14
16
16
14
13
3
15
1
16
15
13
4
15
2
16
16
13
5
15
3
17
1
13
6
15
4
17
2
13
7
15
5
17
3
13
8
15
6
17
4
13
9
15
7
17
5
13
10
15
8
17
6
13
11
15
9
17
7
13
12
15
10
17
8
13
13
15
11
17
9
13
14
15
12
17
10
13
15
15
13
17
11
13
16
15
14
17
12
14
1
15
15
17
13
14
2
15
16
17
14
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 437

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
17
15
19
13
21
11
17
16
19
14
21
12
18
1
19
15
21
13
18
2
19
16
21
14
18
3
20
1
21
15
18
4
20
2
21
16
18
5
20
3
22
1
18
6
20
4
22
2
18
7
20
5
22
3
18
8
20
6
22
4
18
9
20
7
22
5
18
10
20
8
22
6
18
11
20
9
22
7
18
12
20
10
22
8
18
13
20
11
22
9
18
14
20
12
22
10
18
15
20
13
22
11
18
16
20
14
22
12
19
1
20
15
22
13
19
2
20
16
22
14
19
3
21
1
22
15
19
4
21
2
22
16
19
5
21
3
23
1
19
6
21
4
23
2
19
7
21
5
23
3
19
8
21
6
23
4
19
9
21
7
23
5
19
10
21
8
23
6
19
11
21
9
23
7
19
12
21
10
23
8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 438
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.t
Key
Name
23
9
25
7
27
5
23
10
25
8
27
6
23
11
25
9
27
7
23
12
25
10
27
8
23
13
25
11
27
9
23
14
25
12
27
10
23
15
25
13
27
11
23
16
25
14
27
12
24
1
25
15
27
13
24
2
25
16
27
14
24
3
26
1
27
15
24
4
26
2
27
16
24
5
26
3
28
1
24
6
26
4
28
2
24
7
26
5
28
3
24
8
26
6
28
4
24
9
26
7
28
5
24
10
26
8
28
6
24
11
26
9
28
7
24
12
26
10
28
8
24
13
26
11
28
9
24
14
26
12
28
10
24
15
26
13
28
11
24
16
26
14
28
12
25
1
26
15
28
13
25
2
26
16
28
14
25
3
27
1
28
15
25
4
27
2
28
16
25
5
27
3
29
1
25
6
27
4
29
2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 439

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
29
3
31
1
32
15
29
4
31
2
32
16
29
5
31
3
33
1
29
6
31
4
33
2
29
7
31
5
33
3
29
8
31
6
33
4
29
9
31
7
33
5
29
10
31
8
33
6
29
11
31
9
33
7
29
12
31
10
33
8
29
13
31
11
33
9
29
14
31
12
33
10
29
15
31
13
33
11
29
16
31
14
33
12
30
1
31
15
33
13
30
2
31
16
33
14
30
3
32
1
33
15
30
4
32
2
33
16
30
5
32
3
34
1
30
6
32
4
34
2
30
7
32
5
34
3
30
8
32
6
34
4
30
9
32
7
34
5
30
10
32
8
34
6
30
11
32
9
34
7
30
12
32
10
34
8
30
13
32
11
34
9
30
14
32
12
34
10
30
15
32
13
34
11
30
16
32
14
34
12
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 440
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
34
13
36
11
38
9
34
14
36
12
38
10
34
15
36
13
38
11
34
16
36
14
38
12
35
1
36
15
38
13
35
2
36
16
38
14
35
3
37
1
38
15
35
4
37
2
38
16
35
5
37
3
39
1
35
6
37
4
39
2
35
7
37
5
39
3
35
8
37
6
39
4
35
9
37
7
39
5
35
10
37
8
39
6
35
11
37
9
39
7
35
12
37
10
39
8
35
13
37
11
39
9
35
14
37
12
39
10
35
15
37
13
39
11
35
16
37
14
39
12
36
1
37
15
39
13
36
2
37
16
39
14
36
3
38
1
39
15
36
4
38
2
39
16
36
5
38
3
40
1
36
6
38
4
40
2
36
7
38
5
40
3
36
8
38
6
40
4
36
9
38
7
40
5
36
10
38
8
40
6
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 441

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
40
7
42
5
44
3
40
8
42
6
44
4
40
9
42
7
44
5
40
10
42
8
44
6
40
11
42
9
44
7
40
12
42
10
44
8
40
13
42
11
44
9
40
14
42
12
44
10
40
15
42
13
44
11
40
16
42
14
44
12
41
1
42
15
44
13
41
2
42
16
44
14
41
3
43
1
44
15
41
4
43
2
44
16
41
5
43
3
45
1
41
6
43
4
45
2
41
7
43
5
45
3
41
8
43
6
45
4
41
9
43
7
45
5
41
10
43
8
45
6
41
11
43
9
45
7
41
12
43
10
45
8
41
13
43
11
45
9
41
14
43
12
45
10
41
15
43
13
45
11
41
16
43
14
45
12
42
1
43
15
45
13
42
2
43
16
45
14
42
3
44
1
45
15
42
4
44
2
45
16
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 442
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
46
1
47
15
49
13
46
2
47
16
49
14
46
3
48
1
49
15
46
4
48
2
49
16
46
5
48
3
50
1
46
6
48
4
50
2
46
7
48
5
50
3
46
8
48
6
50
4
46
9
48
7
50
5
46
10
48
8
50
6
46
11
48
9
50
7
46
12
48
10
50
8
46
13
48
11
50
9
46
14
48
12
50
10
46
15
48
13
50
11
46
16
48
14
50
12
47
1
48
15
50
13
47
2
48
16
50
14
47
3
49
1
50
15
47
4
49
2
50
16
47
5
49
3
51
1
47
6
49
4
51
2
47
7
49
5
51
3
47
8
49
6
51
4
47
9
49
7
51
5
47
10
49
8
51
6
47
11
49
9
51
7
47
12
49
10
51
8
47
13
49
11
51
9
47
14
49
12
51
10
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 443

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
51
11
53
9
55
7
51
12
53
10
55
8
51
13
53
11
55
9
51
14
53
12
55
10
51
15
53
13
55
11
51
16
53
14
55
12
52
1
53
15
55
13
52
2
53
16
55
14
52
3
54
1
55
15
52
4
54
2
55
16
52
5
54
3
56
1
52
6
54
4
56
2
52
7
54
5
56
3
52
8
54
6
56
4
52
9
54
7
56
5
52
10
54
8
56
6
52
11
54
9
56
7
52
12
54
10
56
8
52
13
54
11
56
9
52
14
54
12
56
10
52
15
54
13
56
11
52
16
54
14
56
12
53
1
54
15
56
13
53
2
54
16
56
14
53
3
55
1
56
15
53
4
55
2
56
16
53
5
55
3
57
1
53
6
55
4
57
2
53
7
55
5
57
3
53
8
55
6
57
4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 444
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
57
5
59
3
61
1
57
6
59
4
61
2
57
7
59
5
61
3
57
8
59
6
61
4
57
9
59
7
61
5
57
10
59
8
61
6
57
11
59
9
61
7
57
12
59
10
61
8
57
13
59
11
61
9
57
14
59
12
61
10
57
15
59
13
61
11
57
16
59
14
61
12
58
1
59
15
61
13
58
2
59
16
61
14
58
3
60
1
61
15
58
4
60
2
61
16
58
5
60
3
62
1
58
6
60
4
62
2
58
7
60
5
62
3
58
8
60
6
62
4
58
9
60
7
62
5
58
10
60
8
62
6
58
11
60
9
62
7
58
12
60
10
62
8
58
13
60
11
62
9
58
14
60
12
62
10
58
15
60
13
62
11
58
16
60
14
62
12
59
1
60
15
62
13
59
2
60
16
62
14
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 445

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
62
15
64
13
66
11
62
16
64
14
66
12
63
1
64
15
66
13
63
2
64
16
66
14
63
3
65
1
66
15
63
4
65
2
66
16
63
5
65
3
67
1
63
6
65
4
67
2
63
7
65
5
67
3
63
8
65
6
67
4
63
9
65
7
67
5
63
10
65
8
67
6
63
11
65
9
67
7
63
12
65
10
67
8
63
13
65
11
67
9
63
14
65
12
67
10
63
15
65
13
67
11
63
16
65
14
67
12
64
1
65
15
67
13
64
2
65
16
67
14
64
3
66
1
67
15
64
4
66
2
67
16
64
5
66
3
68
1
64
6
66
4
68
2
64
7
66
5
68
3
64
8
66
6
68
4
64
9
66
7
68
5
64
10
66
8
68
6
64
11
66
9
68
7
64
12
66
10
68
8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 446
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
68
9
70
7
72
5
68
10
70
8
72
6
68
11
70
9
72
7
68
12
70
10
72
8
68
13
70
11
72
9
68
14
70
12
72
10
68
15
70
13
72
11
68
16
70
14
72
12
69
1
70
15
72
13
69
2
70
16
72
14
69
3
71
1
72
15
69
4
71
2
72
16
69
5
71
3
73
1
69
6
71
4
73
2
69
7
71
5
73
3
69
8
71
6
73
4
69
9
71
7
73
5
69
10
71
8
73
6
69
11
71
9
73
7
69
12
71
10
73
8
69
13
71
11
73
9
69
14
71
12
73
10
69
15
71
13
73
11
69
16
71
14
73
12
70
1
71
15
73
13
70
2
71
16
73
14
70
3
72
1
73
15
70
4
72
2
73
16
70
5
72
3
74
1
70
6
72
4
74
2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 447

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
74
3
76
1
77
15
74
4
76
2
77
16
74
5
76
3
78
1
74
6
76
4
78
2
74
7
76
5
78
3
74
8
76
6
78
4
74
9
76
7
78
5
74
10
76
8
78
6
74
11
76
9
78
7
74
12
76
10
78
8
74
13
76
11
78
9
74
14
76
12
78
10
74
15
76
13
78
11
74
16
76
14
78
12
75
1
76
15
78
13
75
2
76
16
78
14
75
3
77
1
78
15
75
4
77
2
78
16
75
5
77
3
79
1
75
6
77
4
79
2
75
7
77
5
79
3
75
8
77
6
79
4
75
9
77
7
79
5
75
10
77
8
79
6
75
11
77
9
79
7
75
12
77
10
79
8
75
13
77
11
79
9
75
14
77
12
79
10
75
15
77
13
79
11
75
16
77
14
79
12
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 448
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
79
13
81
11
83
9
79
14
81
12
83
10
79
15
81
13
83
11
79
16
81
14
83
12
80
1
81
15
83
13
80
2
81
16
83
14
80
3
82
1
83
15
80
4
82
2
83
16
80
5
82
3
84
1
80
6
82
4
84
2
80
7
82
5
84
3
80
8
82
6
84
4
80
9
82
7
84
5
80
10
82
8
84
6
80
11
82
9
84
7
80
12
82
10
84
8
80
13
82
11
84
9
80
14
82
12
84
10
80
15
82
13
84
11
80
16
82
14
84
12
81
1
82
15
84
13
81
2
82
16
84
14
81
3
83
1
84
15
81
4
83
2
84
16
81
5
83
3
85
1
81
6
83
4
85
2
81
7
83
5
85
3
81
8
83
6
85
4
81
9
83
7
85
5
81
10
83
8
85
6
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 449

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
85
7
87
5
89
3
85
8
87
6
89
4
85
9
87
7
89
5
85
10
87
8
89
6
85
11
87
9
89
7
85
12
87
10
89
8
85
13
87
11
89
9
85
14
87
12
89
10
85
15
87
13
89
11
85
16
87
14
89
12
86
1
87
15
89
95
86
2
87
16
89
77
86
3
88
1
89
15
86
4
88
2
89
16
86
5
88
3
90
1
86
6
88
4
90
2
86
7
88
5
90
3
86
8
88
6
90
4
86
9
88
7
90
5
86
10
88
8
90
6
86
11
88
9
90
7
86
12
88
10
90
8
86
13
88
11
90
9
86
14
88
12
90
10
86
15
88
13
90
11
86
16
88
14
90
12
87
1
88
15
90
13
87
2
88
16
90
14
87
3
89
1
90
15
87
4
89
2
90
16
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 450
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
Tel. Port
Line
Assigned
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
No.
Key
Name
91
1
92
15
94
13
91
2
92
16
94
14
91
3
93
1
94
15
91
4
93
2
94
16
91
5
93
3
95
1
91
6
93
4
95
2
91
7
93
5
95
3
91
8
93
6
95
4
91
9
93
7
95
5
91
10
93
8
95
6
91
11
93
9
95
7
91
12
93
10
95
8
91
13
93
11
95
9
91
14
93
12
95
10
91
15
93
13
95
11
91
16
93
14
95
12
92
1
93
15
95
13
92
2
93
16
95
14
92
3
94
1
95
15
92
4
94
2
95
16
92
5
94
3
96
1
92
6
94
4
96
2
92
7
94
5
96
3
92
8
94
6
96
4
92
9
94
7
96
5
92
10
94
8
96
6
92
11
94
9
96
7
92
12
94
10
96
8
92
13
94
11
96
9
92
14
94
12
96
10
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 451

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
96
11
98
9
A0
7
96
12
98
10
A0
8
96
13
98
11
A0
9
96
14
98
12
A0
10
96
15
98
13
A0
11
96
16
98
14
A0
12
97
1
98
15
A0
13
97
2
98
16
A0
14
97
3
99
1
A0
15
97
4
99
2
A0
16
97
5
99
3
A1
1
97
6
99
4
A1
2
97
7
99
5
A1
3
97
8
99
6
A1
4
97
9
99
7
A1
5
97
10
99
8
A1
6
97
11
99
9
A1
7
97
12
99
10
A1
8
97
13
99
11
A1
9
97
14
99
12
A1
10
97
15
99
13
A1
11
97
16
99
14
A1
12
98
1
99
15
A1
13
98
2
99
16
A1
14
98
3
A0
1
A1
15
98
4
A0
2
A1
16
98
5
A0
3
A2
1
98
6
A0
4
A2
2
98
7
A0
5
A2
3
98
8
A0
6
A2
4
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 452
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
A2
5
A4
3
A6
1
A2
6
A4
4
A6
2
A2
7
A4
5
A6
3
A2
8
A4
6
A6
4
A2
9
A4
7
A6
5
A2
10
A4
8
A6
6
A2
11
A4
9
A6
7
A2
12
A4
10
A6
8
A2
13
A4
11
A6
9
A2
14
A4
12
A6
10
A2
15
A4
13
A6
11
A2
16
A4
14
A6
12
A3
1
A4
15
A6
13
A3
2
A4
16
A6
14
A3
3
A5
1
A6
15
A3
4
A5
2
A6
16
A3
5
A5
3
A7
1
A3
6
A5
4
A7
2
A3
7
A5
5
A7
3
A3
8
A5
6
A7
4
A3
9
A5
7
A7
5
A3
10
A5
8
A7
6
A3
11
A5
9
A7
7
A3
12
A5
10
A7
8
A3
13
A5
11
A7
9
A3
14
A5
12
A7
10
A3
15
A5
13
A7
11
A3
16
A5
14
A7
12
A4
1
A5
15
A7
13
A4
2
A5
16
A7
14
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 453

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
A7
15
A9
13
B1
11
A7
16
A9
14
B1
12
A8
1
A9
15
B1
13
A8
2
A9
16
B1
14
A8
3
B0
1
B1
15
A8
4
B0
2
B1
16
A8
5
B0
3
B2
1
A8
6
B0
4
B2
2
A8
7
B0
5
B2
3
A8
8
B0
6
B2
4
A8
9
B0
7
B2
5
A8
10
B0
8
B2
6
A8
11
B0
9
B2
7
A8
12
B0
10
B2
8
A8
13
B0
11
B2
9
A8
14
B0
12
B2
10
A8
15
B0
13
B2
11
A8
16
B0
14
B2
12
A9
1
B0
15
B2
13
A9
2
B0
16
B2
14
A9
3
B1
1
B2
15
A9
4
B1
2
B2
16
A9
5
B1
3
B3
1
A9
6
B1
4
B3
2
A9
7
B1
5
B3
3
A9
8
B1
6
B3
4
A9
9
B1
7
B3
5
A9
10
B1
8
B3
6
A9
11
B1
9
B3
7
A9
12
B1
10
B3
8
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 454
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Line
Assigned
Tel Port
Tel Port
Tel Port
Key
Name
Key
Name
Key
Name
B3
9
B5
7
B7
5
B3
10
B5
8
B7
6
B3
11
B5
9
B7
7
B3
12
B5
10
B7
8
B3
13
B5
11
B7
9
B3
14
B5
12
B7
10
B3
15
B5
13
B7
11
B3
16
B5
14
B7
12
B4
1
B5
15
B7
13
B4
2
B5
16
B7
14
B4
3
B6
1
B7
15
B4
4
B6
2
B7
16
B4
5
B6
3
B8
1
B4
6
B6
4
B8
2
B4
7
B6
5
B8
3
B4
8
B6
6
B8
4
B4
9
B6
7
B8
5
B4
10
B6
8
B8
6
B4
11
B6
9
B8
7
B4
12
B6
10
B8
8
B4
13
B6
11
B8
9
B4
14
B6
12
B8
10
B4
15
B6
13
B8
11
B4
16
B6
14
B8
12
B5
1
B6
15
B8
13
B5
2
B6
16
B8
14
B5
3
B7
1
B8
15
B5
4
B7
2
B8
16
B5
5
B7
3
B9
1
B5
6
B7
4
B9
2
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 455

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 69
4-69
CO Message Waiting Indication Assignment
Assigns the CO Message Waiting Indication to line keys assigned for direct CO/PBX
appearances in Memory Block 4-12 (Line Key Selection for Telephone Mode) per line key
per station (R2500 or higher).
Memory Block
4-69
Function
CO Message Waiting Indication Assignment
Default
Not Assigned
Selections
Line Keys 1~24
New Entry
Refer to the following table.
Enter MW (Message Waiting) for each Line key assigned.
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 457

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 458
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 459

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK1
LK2
LK3
LK4
LK5
LK6
LK7
LK8
LK9
LK10
LK11
LK12
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 460
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 461

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 462
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
A0
A1
A2
A3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 463

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
CO/PBX Line Key Number
Tel. No.
LK13
LK14
LK15
LK16
LK17
LK18
LK19
LK20
LK21
LK22
LK23
LK24
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
B0
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 464
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 71
4-71
Station to Timer Class of Service
specifies the Timer Class of Service for each station (R3000 or higher).
Memory Block
4-71
Function
Station to Timer Class of Service
Tel Ports 1 and 2 = Class 1
Default
All other ports = Class 2
Selections
Class 1~4
New Entry
Refer to the following table.
Enter MW (Message Waiting) for each Line key assigned.
Class
Class
Tel. No.
Tel. No.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
01
25
02
26
03
27
04
28
05
29
06
30
07
31
08
32
09
33
10
34
11
35
12
36
13
37
14
38
15
39
16
40
17
41
18
42
19
43
20
44
21
45
22
46
23
47
24
48
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 465

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Class
Class
Tel. No.
Tel. No.
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
49
85
50
86
51
87
52
88
53
89
54
90
55
91
56
92
57
93
58
94
59
95
60
96
61
97
62
98
63
99
64
A0
65
A1
66
A2
67
A3
68
A4
69
A5
70
A6
71
A7
72
A8
73
A9
74
B0
75
B1
76
B2
77
B3
78
B4
79
B5
80
B6
81
B7
82
B8
83
B9
84
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 466
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 90
4-90
SLT Data Line Security Assignment
Assigns each Single Line Telephone (SLT) Port Number as NORMAL (SLT/VM) or DATA
(Fax/Modem).
Memory Block
4-90
Function
SLT Data Line Security Assignment
Default
NORMAL
Selections
NORMAL
DATA
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Single Line Telephone Assignment.
Tel.
Single Line
Tel.
Single Line
Tel.
Single Line
Tel.
Single Line
Port
Telephone
Port
Telephone
Port
Telephone
Port
Telephone
No.
No.
No.
No.
Norm
Data
Norm
Data
Norm
Data
Norm
Data
1
24
47
70
2
25
48
71
3
26
49
72
4
27
50
73
5
28
51
74
6
29
52
75
7
30
53
76
8
31
54
77
9
32
55
78
10
33
56
79
11
34
57
80
12
35
58
81
13
36
59
82
14
37
60
83
15
38
61
84
16
39
62
85
17
40
63
86
18
41
64
87
19
42
65
88
20
43
66
89
21
44
67
90
22
45
68
91
23
46
69
92
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 467

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
Single Line
Tel.
Single Line
Tel.
Single Line
Tel.
Single Line
Port
Telephone
Port
Telephone
Port
Telephone
Port
Telephone
No.
No.
No.
No.
Norm
Data
Norm
Data
Norm
Data
Norm
Data
93
A0
A7
B4
94
A1
A8
B5
95
A2
A9
B6
96
A3
B0
B7
97
A4
B1
B8
98
A5
B2
B9
99
A6
B3
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 468
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 91
4-91
Telephone Ringing Variation Selection
Assigns a Low, Medium, or High ringing tone frequency when Telephone is specified in
Memory Block 1-1-28 (Distinctive Ringing by Telephone or CO Selection).
Memory Block
4-91
Function
Telephone Ringing Variation Selection
Default
M
Selections
M (Medium)
L (Low) H (High)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Telephone Ringing Variation Selection.
Tel.
Telephone Ringing Variation Selection
Tel.
Telephone Ringing Variation Selection
Port
Port
No.
Low (L)
Medium (M)
High (H)
No.
Low (L)
Medium (M)
High (H)
01
25
02
26
03
27
04
28
05
29
06
30
07
31
08
32
09
33
10
34
11
35
12
36
13
37
14
38
15
39
16
40
17
41
18
42
19
43
20
44
21
45
22
46
23
47
24
48
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 469

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
Telephone Ringing Variation Selection
Tel.
Telephone Ringing Variation Selection
Port
Port
No.
Low (L)
Medium (M)
High (H)
No.
Low (L)
Medium (M)
High (H)
49
85
50
86
51
87
52
88
53
89
54
90
55
91
56
92
57
93
58
94
59
95
60
96
61
97
62
98
63
99
64
A0
65
A1
66
A2
67
A3
68
A4
69
A5
70
A6
71
A7
72
A8
73
A9
74
B0
75
B1
76
B2
77
B3
78
B4
79
B5
80
B6
81
B7
82
B8
83
B9
84
CO
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 470
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 92
4-92
Receiving Volume Selection
Specifies whether or not the receiving volume is returned to normal (DOWN) or kept as is
(UP) on a call after hanging up.
Memory Block
4-92
Function
Receiving Volume Selection
Default
DOWN
Selections
DOWN
UP
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Receiving Volume.
Tel.
Receiving
Tel.
Receiving
Tel.
Receiving
Tel.
Receiving
Port
Volume
Port
Volume
Port
Volume
Port
Volume
No.
No.
No.
No.
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
01
25
49
73
02
26
50
74
03
27
51
75
04
28
52
76
05
29
53
77
06
30
54
78
07
31
55
79
08
32
56
80
09
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 471

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Tel.
Receiving
Tel.
Receiving
Tel.
Receiving
Tel.
Receiving
Port
Volume
Port
Volume
Port
Volume
Port
Volume
No.
No.
No.
No.
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
Down
Up
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 472
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 93
4-93
Internal Zone Paging Selection
Specifies an Internal Page Zone for ports.
Memory Block
4-93
Function
Internal Zone Paging Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO
A

B

C
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column for Internal Zone Paging.
Internal Zone Paging
Internal Zone Paging
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
No.
No.
No
A
B
C
No
A
B
C
01
21
02
22
03
23
04
24
05
25
06
26
07
27
08
28
09
29
10
30
11
31
12
32
13
33
14
34
15
35
16
36
17
37
18
38
19
39
20
40
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 473

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Internal Zone Paging
Internal Zone Paging
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
No.
No.
No
A
B
C
No
A
B
C
41
76
42
77
43
78
44
79
45
80
46
81
47
82
48
83
49
84
50
85
51
86
52
87
53
88
54
89
55
90
56
91
57
92
58
93
59
94
60
95
61
96
62
97
63
98
64
99
65
A0
66
A1
67
A2
68
A3
69
A4
70
A5
71
A6
72
A7
73
A8
74
A9
75
B0
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 474
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Internal Zone Paging
Internal Zone Paging
Tel. Port
Tel. Port
No.
No.
No
A
B
C
No
A
B
C
B1
B6
B2
B7
B3
B8
B4
B9
B5
CO
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 475

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 94
4-94
3-Minute Alarm Selection
Specifies whether or not a warning tone is generated at 3-minute intervals during an
outgoing or incoming CO/PBX call per port.
Memory Block
4-94
Function
3-Minute Alarm Selection
Default
NO
Selections
NO
YS
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column to allow/deny 3-Minute Alarm.
Tel.
3-Minute
Tel.
3-Minute
Tel.
3-Minute
Tel.
3-Minute
Port
Alarm
Port
Alarm
Port
Alarm
Port
Alarm
No.
No.
No.
No.
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
1
24
47
70
2
25
48
71
3
26
49
72
4
27
50
73
5
28
51
74
6
29
52
75
7
30
53
76
8
31
54
77
9
32
55
78
10
33
56
79
11
34
57
80
12
35
58
81
13
36
59
82
14
37
60
83
15
38
61
84
16
39
62
85
17
40
63
86
18
41
64
87
19
42
65
88
20
43
66
89
21
44
67
90
22
45
68
91
23
46
69
92
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 476
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
3-Minute
Tel.
3-Minute
Tel.
3-Minute
Tel.
3-Minute
Port
Alarm
Port
Alarm
Port
Alarm
Port
Alarm
No.
No.
No.
No.
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
YS
NO
93
A0
A7
B4
94
A1
A8
B5
95
A2
A9
B6
96
A3
B0
B7
97
A4
B1
B8
98
A5
B2
B9
99
A6
B3
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 477

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Telephone Mode (LK4)
No. 95
4-95
DTMF/DP SLT Type Selection
Specifies whether Dial Pulse or DTMF Single Line Telephone is connected to the system
per port.
Memory Block
4-95
Function
DTMF/DP SLT Type Selection
Default
MF
Selections
DP
MF (DTMF)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter a check mark in the applicable column to specify Dial Pulse or MF Single Line Telephone
connection.
Tel.
Type of SLT
Tel.
Type of SLT
Tel.
Type of SLT
Tel.
Type of SLT
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
DP
MF
No.
DP
MF
No.
DP
MF
No.
DP
MF
01
25
49
73
02
26
50
74
03
27
51
75
04
28
52
76
05
29
53
77
06
30
54
78
07
31
55
79
08
32
56
80
09
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 478
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Tel.
Type of SLT
Tel.
Type of SLT
Tel.
Type of SLT
Tel.
Type of SLT
Port
Port
Port
Port
No.
DP
MF
No.
DP
MF
No.
DP
MF
No.
DP
MF
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 479

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Trunk Group Mode (LK5)
No. 00
5-00
Digit Add/Del for Tie Line Networking Assignment
Specifies the number of digits to add to or delete from the telephone number sent from a
distant system over Tie lines, or from DID lines. The digits enable the system to determine
whether a call is directed to itself (local) or another system (distant).

Memory Block
5-00
Function
Digit Add/Del for Tie Line Networking Assignment
Default
000
000
No Add or Del
001~009
1~9 Digit(s) Add
010
0 Digit Add
100~199
00~99 Digits Add
201
1 Digit Del
202
2 Digits Del
Selections
301~309
1 Digit Del and 1~9 Digits Add
310
1 Digit Del and 0 Digits Add
400~499
1 Digit Del and 00~99 Digits Add
501~509
2 Digits Del and 1~9 Digits Add
510
2 Digits Del and 0 Digits Add
600~699
2 Digits Del and 00~99 Digits Add
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Fill in the column with applicable data.
Trunk Group No.
New Entry
Trunk Group No.
New Entry
01
11
02
12
03
13
04
14
05
15
06
16
07
17
08
18
09
19
10
20
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 481

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Trunk Group No.
New Entry
Trunk Group No.
New Entry
21
27
22
28
23
29
24
30
25
31
26
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 482
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Trunk Group Mode (LK5)
No. 01
5-01
Tie Line Networking Tandem Connection Assignment
Specifies whether or not Trunk groups connected to the system allow incoming Trunk
groups to be connected to outgoing Trunk groups for tandem connections.

Memory Block
5-01
Function
Tie Line Networking Tandem Connection Assignment
Default
On
Selections
On (Yes)
Off (No)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the outgoing Trunk Group Number for each incoming Trunk Group Number.
Trunk
Trunk Group No. (Outgoing)
Group
(Incoming)
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 483

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Trunk
Trunk Group No. (Outgoing)
Group
(Incoming)
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Trunk
Trunk Group No. (Outgoing)
Group
(Incoming)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 484
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Trunk
Trunk Group No. (Outgoing)
Group
(Incoming)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 485

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Trunk Group Mode (LK5)
No. 02
5-02
8-Digit Matching Table to Trunk Group Assignment
Assigns each Trunk group to the 8-Digit Matching Tables.

Memory Block
5-02
Function
8-Digit Matching Table to Trunk Group Assignment
Default
On
Selections
On (enabled)
Off (disabled)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the 8-digit Matching Table for each Trunk Group Number.
Trunk
8-Digit Matching Table
Group
No.
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 486
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Trunk
8-Digit Matching Table
Group
No.
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 487

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Trunk Group Mode (LK5)
No. 03
5-03
OCC Table to Trunk Group Assignment
Assigns each of the 16 OCC Tables to each Trunk group.

Memory Block
5-03
Function
OCC Table to Trunk Group Assignment
Default
On
Selections
On (enabled)
Off (disabled)
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Check each OCC Table that is enabled for each Trunk Group Number.
Trunk
OCC Table
Group
No.
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 488
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Trunk
OCC Table
Group
No.
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 489

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Trunk Group Mode (LK5)
No. 04
5-04
LCR Class to Trunk Group Selection
Specifies LCR/ARS Class per trunk group.

Memory Block
5-04
Function
LCR Class to Trunk Group Selection
Default
0
Selections
0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Check each Class Table that is enabled for each Trunk Group Number.
Trunk
Class
Trunk
Class
Group
Group
No.
0
1
2
3
4
No.
0
1
2
3
4
01
17
02
18
03
19
04
20
05
21
06
22
07
23
08
24
09
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 490
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Trunk Group Mode (LK5)
No. 05
5-05
Common Signaling Channel Route Selection
Specifies the Common Signaling Channel for each voice trunk group used for K-CCIS.

Memory Block
5-05
Function
Common Signaling Channel Route Selection
Default
0 (Not Assigned)
Selections
0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Check each CCH that is enabled for each Trunk Group Number.
Trunk
Class
Trunk
Class
Group
Group
No.
0
1
2
3
4
No.
0
1
2
3
4
01
17
02
18
03
19
04
20
05
21
06
22
07
23
08
24
09
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 491

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Trunk Group Mode (LK5)
No. 06
5-06
Trunk Group Outgoing Priority Selection
Assigns the Outgoing Priority for trunk access to each trunk group. This Memory Block is
normally used with a Tie Line or K-CCIS network to reverse the search order and reduce
call collisions during trunk seizure.

Memory Block
5-06
Function
Trunk Group Outgoing Priority Selection
Default
H L
Selections
H L, L H
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Check applicable selection for each Trunk Group.
Trunk
Trunk
H L
L H
H L
L H
Group
Group
01
17
02
18
03
19
04
20
05
21
06
22
07
23
08
24
09
25
10
26
11
27
12
28
13
29
14
30
15
31
16
32
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 492
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
ETU Mode (LK7)
Slot (LK1)
7-1
Card Interface Slot Assignment
Specifies the type of installed ETUs as indicated by the table following the Memory Block
function table.

Memory Block
7-1
Function
Card Interface Slot Assignment
Default
NON
Selections
Refer to Table 7-1 Card Interface Slot Assignment
New Entry
Refer to the Cabinet assignment below.
Cabinet 1
Cabinet 2
Cabinet 3
Port
Port
Port
Slot
ETU
Slot
ETU
Slot
ETU
Numbers
Numbers
Numbers
AP
S1
S1
S1
S2
S2
S2
S3
S3
S3
S4
S4
S4
S5
S5
S5
S6
S6
S6
S7
S7
S7
S8
S8
S8
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 493

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
n
__
t Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elec __
tra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
Table 2-1 Card Interface Slot Assignment
Slot Availability
ETU
Port Type
AP IF1, IF2 IF3~IF8
ACD(8)-U( )
Station

X
X
BRT(4)-U( )
CO/PBX

X
X
BSU(2)-U( )
BSU

X
X
CCH(4)-U( )
CCH

X
X
CMS(2)/(4)-U( )
Station

X
X
COI(4)-U( )/COIB(4)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
COI(8)-U( )/COIB(8)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
COID(4)-U( )/COIB(4)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
COID(8)-U( )/COIB(8)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
CTI(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( )
Station

X (3)
X (3)
DID(4)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
DPH(4)-U( )
Doorphone

X
X
DTI-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
ECR-U( )
ECR

X
X
ESI(8)-U( )
Station

X
X
ESIB(8)-U( )
Station

X
X
ESIB(8)-U( ) with
Station)

X
X
ESIE(8)-U( )
EXPT(2)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X (2)

FMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )
Station

X
X
HUB(8)-U( )
HUB

X (4)
X (4)
MG(8)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
MIFA-U( )
MIFA
X (1)
X (1)

MIFM-U( )
MIFM
X (1)
X (1)

OPX(2)-U( )
Station

X
X
PBR( )-U( )
PBR

X
X
PRT(1)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
SLI(4)-U( )
Station

X
X
SLI(8)-U( )/CNF(8)-U( )
Station

X
X
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 494
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
Slot Availability
ETU
Port Type
AP IF1, IF2 IF3~IF8
SPE(M)-U( )
MIFM
X (1)
X (1)

TLI(2)-U( )
CO/PBX Line

X
X
VDH2(8)-U( )
Station

X
X
VMS(2)/(4)/(8)-U( )
Station

X
X
VMP(4)/(8)-U( ) (IVR)
Station

X
X
VP(4)/(8)/(12)/(16)-U( )
Station

X (3)
X (3)
VRS(4)-U( )
VRS

X
X
X
Compatible

Not Compatible
1
Cabinet 1 only
2
Cabinet 1, Slot 1 only of second, third, or fourth system
3
The VP/CTI (12)/(16)-U( ) ETU requires two physical slots.
4
The HUB(8)-U( ) cannot be installed in a KSU that contains EliteMail VP or CTI.
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 495

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
ETU Mode (LK7)
Telephone (LK2)
7-2
Telephone Type Assignment
Specifies the device that is connected to an ESI port.
Memory Block
7-2
Function
Telephone Type Assignment
Default
TEL
NON (none)
TEL
CONSOL
SLT ADP
Selections

DIGITAL VM
MSG BOARD
New Entry
Refer to the table below.
Enter the applicable data for each ESI Port Number.
ESI
ESI
ESI
ESI
Device Type
Device Type
Device Type
Device Type
Port No.
Port No.
Port No.
Port No.
01
25
49
73
02
26
50
74
03
27
51
75
04
28
52
76
05
29
53
77
06
30
54
78
07
31
55
79
08
32
56
80
09
33
57
81
10
34
58
82
11
35
59
83
12
36
60
84
13
37
61
85
14
38
62
86
15
39
63
87
16
40
64
88
17
41
65
89
18
42
66
90
19
43
67
91
20
44
68
92
21
45
69
93
22
46
70
94
23
47
71
95
24
48
72
96
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 496
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________
ESI
ESI
ESI
ESI
Device Type
Device Type
Device Type
Device Type
Port No.
Port No.
Port No.
Port No.
97
A3
A9
B5
98
A4
B0
B6
99
A5
B1
B7
A0
A6
B2
B8
A1
A7
B3
B9
A2
A8
B4
C0
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 497

__
D __
oc __
u __
me __
nt __
Re ___
visio__
n __
3 _______________________________________________________
Elect__
ra __
E __
lite __
IP _
K
ETU Mode (LK7)
MIF (LK 3)
No. 00, 01, 02, 03, and 04
7-3-00
MIF (ACD) Assignment
Enables the ACD function on the MIFA-U( ) ETU with KMA(1.0)U.
7-3-01
MIF (LCR) Assignment
Enables the LCR function on the MIFM-U10 ETU with KMM(1.0)U.
Enables the LCR function on the MIFM-U20 ETU with KMM-U20.
Enables the LCR function on the SPE(M)-U( ) ETU.
7-3-02
MIF (SMDR) Assignment
Enables the SMDR function on the MIFM-U( ) ETU or the SPE(M)-U( ) ETU.
7-3-03
MIF (UCD) Assignment
Enables the UCD function on the MIFA-U( ) ETU.
7-3-04
MIF (Caller ID) Assignment
Enables the ANI/Caller ID scrolling or out dial function on the MIFM-U10 ETU with
KMM(1.0)U.
Enables the ANI/Caller ID scrolling or out dial function on the MIFM-U20 ETU with
KMM-U20.
Enables the ANI/Caller ID scrolling or out dial function on the SPE(M)-U( ) ETU.

Memory Block
7-3-00
7-3-01
Function
MIF (ACD) Assignment
MIF (LCR) Assignment
Default
00 (No Assignment)
00 (No Assignment)
Selections
00~02
00~02
New Entry
Memory Block
7-3-02
7-3-03
Function
MIF (SMDR) Assignment
MIF (UCD) Assignment
Default
00 (No Assignment)
00 (No Assignment)
Selections
00~02
00~02
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
2 - 498
Memory Blocks

Electra Elite IPK
Document Revision 3
___________________________________________________________________________________

Memory Block
7-3-04
Function
MIF (Caller ID) Assignment
Default
00 (No Assignment)
Selections
00~02
New Entry
___________________________________________________________________________________
Job Specifications Manual
2 - 499

JOB SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL
NEC Unified Solutions, Inc.
Document Revision 3
(Release 3000/3500)

Document Outline